《The Death Simulation》


 Prologue

    December 5th 2050, the horrific event in Asia known as the rebellion of the 2 cities in China


    The 2 cities unioned under one flag, one name, and one government. They were renamed to, Duguo. (ªš‡ø) Duguo marched forward towards China, as the communist party panicked more and cities were taken over by Duguo. The united nations, and other nations had decided to stay out of this affair as long as there was no nuclear weapons involved. Duguo was alone, facing the strongest superpower in the world. China.


    February, 2051 Taiwan agreed to union along with Duguo and was absorbed into the Duguo nation. The Guangdong province was taken over by the sudden rebellion, however China stood strong. With a fit of fury, and lightning speed time.. The chinese army in the area grew from 100,000, to a strong 2 million.


    The Duguo armies were no match for the Chinese army, and were pushed back to Guangzhou. Taiwan¡¯s leadership then quickly split the nation from the falling Duguo, leaving Duguo to fall alone.


    With the advanced Chinese technologies, the Duguo armies were unable to overpower them after Taiwan had split away from Duguo after a secret meeting with the UN, which agreed that as long as Taiwan had split from Duguo, the UN would take measures to ensure Taiwan¡¯s independence from China. This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere.


    In the summer of 2051, the remainders of the troops of Duguo surrendered and the official reannexation of Hong Kong and Macau was official. Instead of being treated like normal citizens Duguo¡¯s citizens were treated like 2nd class.


    An event took place every year to remind the crushing of Duguo. The event was named, the Death Simulation. A VR simulation made after the game named ¡°Nova Burst Online¡±. The VR was like the Virtual translating headgear, however the reality in there was 100 times faster than normal life. It was classified military class technology.


    50 Children from every district in the 2 cities, with a total of 20000 children with their ages ranging from 10-16 will have to participate in a VRMMORPG styled simulation. In this VRMMORPG styled simulation, there was no admin.


    A system called the Autoevent kept the system updated, as new special skills were created, and it patched all the bugs, and kept an eye on the NPCs. In other words it was the ultimate AI.


    A larger helmet, different to the Virtual Transforming Headgear was made for the purpose of the death games, a large full body bed was made so that the person¡¯s consciousness could be sucked up into the time sped virtual world. The original goal was to slow down time there, however the new one was different.


    The new one, was to use the sped up time recorded data of all the children inside the Death Simulation and apply the Simulation¡¯s results into real life.


    By using the data gathered by the children who used literal superpowers within the simulation, the Chinese scientists attempted to crack a biological limit which was never ever thought of possible: Unlocking the full potential of a human. The theory was that if we could use... All 100% of our strength and 100% of brain power, with some aid of technology... Super soldiers could be created.


    Project Bioroid was made, and they recorded down the results of the children who were stuck inside the death simulation, which was made as close to reality as possible for the purpose of the experiment. As of today... They''ve yet to crack this limit, or to even come close...

 Life At Home

    My name is Jason Gan. I¡¯m a simple 16 year old, with just an average height of 168 cm.. Semi athelticwith spiky black hair going down towards my face. and I like to play VRMMORPGs. I¡¯m one of the top swordsmen of one of the most popular VRMMORPGs in the world, known as Nova burst Online.


    Yet, I still don¡¯t feel good about myself, but that¡¯s not because I¡¯m just a Hong Kong born 2nd class Chinese citizen. Though we don¡¯t have as much rights as the standard Chinese society, I still enjoy my life. Going to school like a normal kid, playing VRMMORPGs with friends and scoring high grades on my exams then bragging.


    The bell rings, the end of the school day, end of the school term. As I walk towards the school gates, my friends greet me. Luke, my best friend who had flat, normal gelled brown hair and was about as tall as me asks me: ¡°Hey buddy, you wanna go and play NBO today? The new event boss is out..¡±


    I reluctantly answered him: ¡°Why not, but I¡¯ll be logging off immediately after that the death simulation drawing event starts.¡±


    As my friends walked home with me, we chattered about the new NBO boss and it¡¯s drops. I, being the strongest Katana wielder in the game NBO was being teased by my friends about it.


    One of my friends which was slightly taller than me and had spiky, and slightly long black hair named Jingxi said: ¡°All he wields is just a katana, come on.. Katana¡¯s don¡¯t have that long range, it¡¯s only light.."


    Being annoyed, I retorted: ¡°Katana¡¯s advantage is that they¡¯re lightweight and are balanced in terms of power and range, plus you¡¯re just a axe user.. That¡¯s even more useless.¡±


    Jingxi being clearly annoyed replied: ¡°Firstly, it''s a tomahawk... And secondly at least I can throw them can¡¯t I?¡± The conversation went on like that until slowly our group split apart as we approach our homes.


    Home, I was a person who lived with my father. My father always talked about going to a different country to live in so I didn¡¯t have to fear the Death Simulation, and how he was scared every year that it would be me that was chosen to participate in it. However, he was never rich enough as China had placed specific laws in Hong Kong and Macau so we would live in fear. In order to move to a different country / leave hong kong if you¡¯ve got a Hong Kong passport you would have to pay up a huge sum of money, 200,000,000 Renminbi.


    The Death Simulation was the fate for the unlucky children in Hong Kong and Macau, parents may not volunteer to go for them if their child was picked.. As far as sister and brother bonds go, none would ever volunteer for the fate of the death simulation.


    Only other children of their age can volunteer for them. But the children So far in the 10 years that the simulation programmes has started, none of the kids have been able to break out of the simulation.


    The Death Simulation was a punishment handed out towards the former citizens of Duguo, Now renamed back to Hong Kong and Macau. The ultimate torture, the death of the rebellious generation¡¯s children. Children, the most precious in the world being tortured in a MMORPG like death simulation. Truly a harsh punishment for even those not involved in the death game.


    As I put on my Virtual Transforming Headgear on, I shout: ¡°Activate link! Log in ID 2892456!¡± As I enter the virtual world, I see a computer and a chair, I go towards that computer and type in my username and password. ¡°Ganticflash, Flash123¡±.


    After I clicked enter, the white light removes and I¡¯m bought to my last logout location, Hallengard. Hallengard, a beautiful place. A classy medieval styled town, with shops, player homes, restaurants and everything else you can think a town can have. As I walked away towards the portal, I spotted a group of nine of people who were waving at me.


    I immediately noticed they were my friends, Luke shouted: ¡°Hey! Looks who¡¯s late again!¡± I replied loudly: ¡°I¡¯m sorry ok? It took longer than I expected to open the damn wifi and connect to the VTH.¡±


    Everyone just stared at me for a second and laughed. All my friends in school. Jingxi, Luke and everyone else was here and we were more lively than ever. Sometimes I felt like, I didn¡¯t belong in the real world. The virtual world was more of a home than the real one, because the virtual one was more free, a place where laws didn¡¯t matter..


    You could do what you want in the virtual world, whilst there were laws in the real one. As I was absorbed into my thoughts about this, Jingxi shouted at me: ¡°WAKE UP DUMBASS, EVERYONES HERE¡±


    I came back into reality and shouted back: ¡°I noticed you piece of shit¡±. Everyone started laughing again after Jingxi shut his mouth, after the silence I said: ¡°Today, we¡¯re going to kill that boss and get the gear.


    Anyone who stands in our way gets killed, AM I CLEAR?¡± The responses were very clear, with everyone shouting back: ¡°Clear boss¡±. As we left the safe zone town for the dungeon, the ten of us marched there with high level gear killing every single mob in sight. Skillfully dispatching the mobs without taking much damage


    . As we arrived towards to what looks like a castle with Orc archers, we charge in. Skillfully dispatching the Orc archers we head inside the dungeon. Inside the dungeon, we fight normal trooper orcs, large ¡°knight¡± orcs and lord orcs. After the killing the last Lord Orc, we proceed to the boss room. The author''s content has been appropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon.


    It appears to be a room filled with treasure. Gold, golden weapons, jewels and riches. Sadly, it was not movable. A sign appeared before us ¡°Do you want to challenge this boss?¡±


    Before I could click yes, another group of people appear before us. I recognized them, they were the Silver Dragons guild. One of the top guilds, and were known for PKing for event bosses. It was 10 on 30, with a 1 man wipe out 3 man ratio we charged the Silver Dragons head on.


    As we fought, one by one the Silver Dragons fell. Despite being the top guilds, these were just footmen and one officer. When the officer was left, he challenged me onto a one on one duel.


    He shouted: ¡°Show me what you¡¯ve got, self declared strongest katana user of NBO¡±. I retorted: ¡°You¡¯ll see first hand today why I¡¯m not just self declared, but also universally declared the strongest katana user of NBO.¡± With that, he attacked me, he rushed towards me attempting to stab me with his rapier. I skillfully sidestepped him and slashed him in the back, and then used the skill ¡°Energy slash¡± to finish him off.


    They were never a match for us, the Silver Dragons should¡¯ve bought better men to challenge us. Although most of us had our health drained to red, we managed to successfully defeat the Silver Dragon¡¯s group.


    As we drank our potions and prepared to advance to the boss, a message appeared: ¡°Do you want to challenge Emperor of the Northern Hallengard Orcs, Kohler The 7th.¡± As I clicked the yes button, the boss appears out of his chamber. A huge, green orc holding a mace attacks us. As we switched, I gradually noticed the weakness.


    Whenever people went towards his right eye, he would quickly block it with as much force possible. I thought to myself: If we could use a skillshot on that eye, wouldn¡¯t the boss be at least easier to kill anyway? No harm in trying.. I shouted out: ¡°Guys, hold him off, I think I see his weak spot, just hold the boss out for me¡±.


    Although they didn¡¯t respond with their mouths, their actions responded for them. As if in a flash, our tankers Jerrican and Vulpes quickly blocked the boss¡¯s attack with their shields. And as the boss was distracted, I used the strongest combo move on the katana.


    A unique skill: 14 continuous slash move named: ¡°Infinity Slashes¡±. As I hit his right eye, the boss¡¯s HP bar began to drain, the boss desperately takes out another weapon.


    A Halberd, he charges towards us with it activating his own sword skills. As it looked like we were going to lose, Vulpes quickly used his shield to block the blow for me. As my skill timer was down, I activated my strongest move once more. As I slash the boss 14 times continuously, the boss finally comes down.


    A mace and a halberd drops, 2 rare weapons. As I handed them out to my friends who had chosen the axe path for their skills, I realized it was 7:30pm and the drawings for the Death simulation was about to begin at 8:00pm. As me and my friends quickly head back to the safe zone and logout, I couldn¡¯t shake off the feeling that something was wrong tonight.


    As I open the TV for the livestream pickings for the death simulation, I start diving into my dinner. One by one the candidates were chosen.. And at the 17th one in the Sha Tin district, I heard ¡°Luke Ho¡±, then I heard ¡°JingXi Cheng¡± and I finally heard..


    My name. ¡°Jason Gan¡±


    I was stunned, as when I heard my name on the livestream I was overcome with fear. A death in the death simulation with 2 other friends, was a event I never expected to happen in my life.


    I was afraid, I was in fear. I was about to cry, knowing that the chances of me surviving the death simulation was close to zero. A minute later, several men armed with guns presumably from the military came to pick me up. They said: ¡°No time for goodbyes, we¡¯re leaving now to China, Beijing.¡±


    As I headed onto the train that would take me and my fellow Hong Kongers to our grave, I recounted my life. It wasn¡¯t so bad after all.. On the train there was a complimentary announcement that was unexpected. It said: ¡°The train will arrive in Beijing by tomorrow morning 10:00am.


    Once you¡¯re there you¡¯ll be briefed about the Death Simulation.¡± On the train there was nice delicacies, all food in the world here were prepared by top chefs. I guess, at least I would get to eat good before I died a torturous, horrible death. In the cafeteria, I spotted my friends Luke and Jingxi.


    They both looked at me as they were about to cry. We were only 16, and yet we were on a train going towards our death. Luke said: ¡°Well, since it¡¯s a death game MMORPG, I guess at least we¡¯d be good at it right?¡± I laughed back and replied: ¡°Yeah, we should form a guild as soon as possible, why not name it the Crimson Vigilantes?.¡±


    We all nodded in unison as if immediately approving of Luke¡¯s suggestion In the other side of the cafeteria, I spotted a young girl. About a year younger than me, just alone and crying. She had long black hair, she was about as tall and as slim as me, her eyes were ice blue, and her lips were cherry red. She was the definition, of a princess.


    When you looked at her, you just couldn¡¯t think of anything more beautiful, or cuter than her. Even though she was crying, she was still beautiful, her ice blue eyes and black hair made her beauty shine brightly. Her beauty makes you wonder how cruel the Chinese government must be to choose a helpless young girl like her to go into the death simulation.


    I sit beside her, and hand her a glass of juice. And I say: ¡°My name''s Jason Gan, what¡¯s yours?¡± She replied while sobbing: ¡°My.. name is.. Hailey Williams..¡±


    I replied: ¡°Oh ok, do you have any experience in MMORPGs?¡± She replied: ¡°I don¡¯t.. All I know is that I¡¯m going to die here, and I don¡¯t want to die.. I still have friends and family to go home to..¡±


    I said: ¡°Well, me and my friends over there do, so why don¡¯t you come join us and we¡¯ll teach you the basics in the Virtual Room over there. You could start playing NBO with us and gain experience before you go in anyway..¡±


    She started to stop sobbing and said: ¡°Really? Thanks a lot!¡± As me and her head off to the virtual room, my Luke nudges me and says: ¡°Dang, don¡¯t miss your chance there buddy.¡± I nodded.


    As I taught her how to use the VTH, I quickly saw that she was a quick learner. In just a matter of 3 hours, she managed to master the concepts of sword skills and picked her class of swords which she liked to use. She picked a Rapier as her weapon, as she preferred stabbing instead of slashing.


    As we went towards the level 1 boss room and she confronted it, she was doing fine until the boss suddenly switched patterns. She was flung to the air she screamed ¡°HELP!!!!!!¡±, and I had to slash the boss and save her.


    She landed in my arms, and then we accidentally kissed when she landed on me.. Her face was bright red after that.. After that, she turned off her VTH and left the room in a hurry towards her room. I decided that it would be best for myself to get sleep too, so I too decided to head back into my room and sleep.

 The Arrival

    I thought what happened yesterday was all a bad dream, I had hoped it wasn¡¯t true but sadly it wasn¡¯t. When I woke up at 7:00am I looked at my surroundings, a king sized double person bed..


    An expensive lamp with a bathroom at the corridor of my room. It was the train room I had slept in last night.


    Truly, the nightmare was not only a nightmare but was reality. The reality was, I could not escape, and I will have to die soon.


    As I went towards the cafeteria for breakfast I spotted the girl named Hailey I met yesterday, sitting with my friends and chattering with them as if she was waiting for me.


    As I went towards my friends Luke and Jingxi, I said greeted them and asked Hailey: ¡°What¡¯re you doing here?¡±


    She replied casually: ¡°I just wanted to be friends with you, I want to thank you all for teaching me how to use VTHs.¡±


    I replied: ¡°No problem¡±. And then she asked: ¡°Well.. I know this is a bit soon but, could I join your guild? I may be a noobie at this but I still can fight, and I¡¯m a fast learner.¡±


    Me and my friends looked at each other, thinking if we should let her in. Then Luke spoke up: ¡°I¡¯m sure we¡¯d all be glad to have you in our guild, especially Jason.¡± After that, we both blushed remembering what happened last night.


    I broke up the tension that Luke created by saying: ¡°Cheers to the new member of the Crimson Vigilantes! Cheers to Hailey Williams!¡± ¡°Cheers!¡± we all shouted.


    As we started diving in the delicious food, I started thinking of what would await me in the death simulation.


    How was it hard enough to have 0 people clear it.. As we finished breakfast, the train came to a crashing halt, all of the children in the train were escorted by armed guards towards a huge sphere shaped building, with a huge tower next to it.


    As we were given our rooms, we were given orders to come down to the 2nd floor presentation room if we wanted to increase our chances of survival. I figured that since nothing worse could occur in this time, why not head down there?


    As I headed down towards the 2nd floor, I saw all the other kids chosen to play the death simulation. As I took my seat besides Luke, Jingxi and Hailey.


    A tall man, who was Chinese and wore a black suit with a red tie, and had glasses with black hair which had two strands of his hair flowing down towards his face started speaking: ¡°Welcome all, to the Death Simulation tutorial guide.


    I will teach you all today the basics of the Death Simulation. The Death Simulation has simple rules: rule one, you die in there you die in real life instantly. Rule 2, you have 3 days to complete the islands inside the simulation.


    Equivalent to 300 days in there. If you don¡¯t you all die. Rule 3 is that those are the only 2 rules there, murder and everything else can happen in there.¡±


    A person asked: ¡°What about the mechanics of the game?¡± The man in the black suit answered: ¡°Simple, it¡¯s like normal MMORPGs. But this time you¡¯ll have to clear 10 islands with a map given to you.


    There¡¯s a map given to you so you don¡¯t go the wrong way in these islands. There are checkpoint towns in the middle with portals so you can teleport back to the main city. The islands is a world of its own, anything can be in the islands.


    A ocean, a lake, a volcano. Typically, 4-5 towns are unlocked in an island, in total there are 10 dungeons in the game for you to conquer in the islands in order to get out of the simulation for good.


    However, in those dungeons there¡¯s traps, monsters and bosses for you to get rid of before you can advance forward.


    This is the setting that you will be sent in, you¡¯ll understand more once you¡¯re inside. If you¡¯re confused about the settings and the moves and if you¡¯ve never played any MMORPGs before, a game guide will be present in your hand once you enter.


    If you don¡¯t know how to access inventory in a normal VTH, then I suggest you read it first. Oh and I forgot to tell you, since it¡¯s like a standard VRMMORPG, there will be guild systems and drop systems. Your accounts will be made for you in your respective seat, and once you put the helmet on it will automatically take you to the virtual area.¡±


    After this simple yet informative talk, most people in the presentation room panicked, thinking of how hard the the MMORPG was and how would they be able to beat it. I was pretty sure the little amount of players that panicked less were actual MMORPG players.


    The man shouted: ¡°You have today to prepare to go into the simulation, write your final goodbyes, practice using the VRMMO practice room and do whatever you want. I bid you, farewell.¡±


    Everyone was left stunned, why would they give us today to prepare? It was like they wanted us to exit and complete the simulation. As I sunk into my deep thoughts once more Hailey patted my back and said: ¡°Let¡¯s go practice at the VR room?¡±


    I said: ¡°Why not, since it¡¯s not a MMORPG and we can only do player versus player let¡¯s have a two versus two..¡±


    Luke said: ¡°Why don¡¯t the two lovebirds go together and teach each other how to play while me and Jingxi destroy you¡±.


    Both me and Hailey blushed bright red, and then she coughed and said: ¡°Jeez Luke you don¡¯t have to be so mean..¡± As we went into the enormous VR room, we took a bed and put on the VTH. We all shouted: ¡°Activate link!¡± Support the creativity of authors by visiting the original site for this novel and more.


    As I went into the virtual world I was once again approached by the virtual computer in front of me, telling me to type in my username and password.


    I typed it in, and I was brought to a screen where it showed all the current available matches I could joined, which to my surprise was surprisingly little.


    I guess only the pro VRMMORPG players thought they had a chance at this while the normal players just thought they should spend their last days crying and sobbing. I thought differently though, I wanted to come back home and not die.


    I was determined to stay alive so I could once again go back to NBO. As I created the match, I noticed that all the weapons and armor were of the same class. We could choose our stats, in the 120 seconds.


    Once we chose our stats, we all appeared in a weapons room. I saw Hailey in the same side of the room as I was while Jingxi and Luke were both were in the other side of the room.


    As Hailey tried to go towards where they were, she was flung back. She said: ¡°Owww, why can¡¯t I go over there.. No fair!¡± I laughed and she chirped: ¡°Stop being mean Jason! You know I¡¯m a beginner at this..¡±


    I said while laughing: ¡°Well it¡¯s simple, that¡¯s the invisible wall. It¡¯s added there to separate us until we start the fight!¡± As I chose my weapon, a katana, I saw Hailey looking at the different swords.


    I asked her: ¡°What¡¯s wrong? I thought you liked the rapier the best?¡±


    She said: ¡°No it¡¯s nothing, I just never knew there was this much sword classes, up until now I¡¯ve never played a video game before..¡±


    I exclaimed: ¡°Ehhh!!¡±


    She blushed lightly, held my hand and said: ¡°Could you teach me?¡±


    After that brief yet interesting conversation, we both clicked ¡°ready¡± and we entered into the battlefield. The battlefield was a arena, with NPCs cheering.


    As I saw Luke and Jingxi on the other side, I told Hailey: ¡°Fight like you did yesterday and you¡¯ll do ok!¡±


    As we began to clash swords, me and Luke went blow for blow. His Halberd against my Katana, Luke then activated his sword skill: Thunder crush, a 9 continuous strike with his halberd. I countered his strike with my sword skill: [Infinity Slashes].


    As my blows block his, I counterattacked with the remaining 6 strikes of my sword and drain his health to 0.


    As he respawns back in, I said: ¡°Good fight, Luke¡± Then after that, it was Jingxi versus Hailey. Hailey lifted up her rapier, and as she went into battle her expression changed.


    From a gentle, young cute girl to a strong, courageous warrior. As she and Jingxi clashed, Jingxi using his double tomahawks had the upper hand. As Jingxi attack ferociously, she was slashed several times.


    As time went on though, she was able to block Jingxi¡¯s attacks. Then, she attempted a counterattack at Jingxi, and Jingxi deflected it. As they both leapt back and took their stances, I noticed that Hailey was improving rapidly.


    Jingxi then activated his special attack: Flaming Lumberjack, a 8 hit move too. I knew at this point Hailey was done for, all of us had original sword skills that we honed and mastered. All Hailey knew were the ingame sword skills, and the strongest one was ¡°Quad pierce¡±, a 4 hit combo skill.


    As me and Luke prepared to see Jingxi¡¯s inevitable victory, Hailey had a glow in her rapier. Something was wrong, as the ingame sword skills never made your weapon glow.. As she unleashed a 6 hit skill, which surprised Jingxi a lot..


    And it wasn¡¯t even a technical 6 hit, as she could¡¯ve continued that skill but just as she was hitting it the 7th time Jingxi managed to slash her and win.


    We were all surprised, at her skill. No doubt she would be stronger than ordinary experts like Jingxi and Luke soon, but she might even surpass me.. One of the strongest katana users in VRMMOs worldwide..


    After she was revived, we asked her: ¡°What was that?¡± She just simply said: ¡°I don¡¯t know, I forgot what happened.¡± I laughed and replied: ¡°I guess you were too concentrated, could you do it again?¡±


    She said: ¡°I think so..¡± And as we move back and let her attempt to use her sword skill, I was thinking to myself:Is this really possible?


    Could a newbie like her who only used the VTH for a day do such a impressive sword skill?As she began, all of us watched her closely.


    She held her rapier tightly, breathing heavily she rushed towards the dummy and as her sword glowed bright blue she unleashed the skill.


    One jab, two jabs, three jabs.. 12 Continuous jabs. We were all amazed, although the skill she didn¡¯t have as much power as we did behind her skill she was still able to use a skill with 12 hits!


    That was even stronger than the strongest rapier user¡¯s 11 hit combo in NBO.. She definitely had potential to become a warrior in the virtual world.


    After doing that though, she collapsed and fell asleep. A few minutes later, we woke her up and were praising her.


    Luke was like: ¡°Oh my god, how the hell did you manage to pull that off! That combo has potential to be stronger than mine and Jingxi¡¯s combo skills..


    She shrugged. After that we persisted Hailey to name her combo move, she said she would call it: ¡°Heavenly Piercer¡±


    As we began teaching Hailey how to put power behind her slashes, dodge, feint and sidestep, time passed by quickly.


    Before we noticed it was already 8pm, and we all decided to go off and head into the restaurant for dinner before getting some sleep.


    The dinner we all had was delicious. It was Clams in white wine for the appetizer, Shark fin soup for the soup, Beef steak with fresh lettuce on the side with steamed white rice, and finally Molten lava chocolate cake with Tiramisu, Cr¨¨me br?l¨¦e and a scoop of ice cream.


    Truly, a filling high class dinner suited to cheer us up before we head on to our possible deaths.


    As we all head into our respective rooms, I took a nice hot bath thinking of what nightmare will await me tomorrow inside the Death Simulation.


    After the relaxing hot bath I decided to sleep early at 10pm. I felt like I wanted to get a good sleep before my death, inside the reality which I called ¡°home¡± once.


    As I tried to sleep, I tossed and turned. I couldn¡¯t sleep, I checked the time.. It was only 1am, so I decided to head off towards the roof of the building to look at nightsky. It was a beautiful sky, filled with stars.


    As I was staring, I heard someone nearby me, sobbing. As I approached the person, I realized it¡¯s Hailey. She was crying, and I went over to comfort her. I asked her: ¡°What¡¯s wrong Hailey?¡±


    She replied while sobbing: ¡°I don¡¯t want to die, I¡¯m glad I made friends here but I don¡¯t want to see anyone die..¡± I said: ¡°Don¡¯t worry about others, worry about yourself too. And hey, who said we were going to die. We¡¯re going to get out of this simulation alive.¡±


    As I patted her back, she asked me: ¡°Could you accompany me back to my room?¡± I replied: ¡°Sure, let¡¯s go¡± As we walked back to her room (Which was relatively close to mine), she was no longer sobbing, nor was she happy.


    I couldn¡¯t figure out what was she thinking. However, after she went back in I went back to my room and shut the door. I went onto my bed and put on my blanket and went to sleep. As I went to sleep I dreamt of the horrors that would come for us inside that damned simulation.

 The Beginning

    At approximately 9pm, everyone was summoned into the restaurant for breakfast. I sat down at a table which had 6 seats, Luke and Jingxi spotted me and came down to sit with me. Hailey then came later and sat next to me. As we were talking about yesterday¡¯s training, two people asked if they could sit with us.


    A girl and a boy, which seemingly didn¡¯t know each other. The girl came first and then the boy. The girl sat next to Luke, while the boy sat next to Hailey. We asked the boy and girl: ¡°What¡¯s your names?¡±


    The girl which was a bit shorter than Hailey and had long reddish hair tied with a ponytail, and just as silm with brown eyes answered first: ¡°My name is Peaches Han, nice to meet you. I¡¯m a VRMMO player that plays NBO, my guild is called Ice Blades.¡±


    After hearing that I thought to myself:Not bad, I¡¯ve heard of Ice Blades before, they have little members but are quite skilled, not comparable to my group of friends though.


    She continued: ¡°I would like to ask to you join your group, or guild if you¡¯re making one. I know you guys, you¡¯re the ¡°Crimson Vigilantes¡±, that 10 player group of friends. And you¡± As she pointed at me ¡°are the strongest katana user in NBO, Gantic Flash.¡± I replied: ¡°That¡¯s right, and what are your abilities?¡±


    She replied: ¡°I¡¯m a mace user, my special combo attack is called theFinale Strike, which is a 7 hit combo move.¡± I thought to myself,not bad, not bad. I said: ¡°You¡¯re welcome to join us, after all we do need members. Welcome to the Crimson Vigilantes, Peaches Han.¡±


    After that, the boy started speaking: ¡°Umm.. my name is Terry Wong.. I was in that fight with you guys before you guys defeated the boss remember..?¡±


    I answered: ¡°Don¡¯t the silver dragons hate our guild?¡± He answered: ¡°Well, I was the 2nd in command, and I don¡¯t necessarily hate you guys.. I just had to follow orders that¡¯s all.. But can I join your guild in this simulation please? It¡¯s hard to survive out there alone.. I¡¯m a battleaxe user and I have a 7 hit combo as well.. It¡¯s called Earth Slam¡±


    I answered: ¡°Sure, why not?¡± I shouted: ¡°Cheers to the 2 new members of the Crimson Vigilantes!¡± We all shouted: ¡°CHEERS!¡±


    As we started to order Dim Sum, and dig into our breakfast time went by sooner than we noticed. By 11pm, the speakers in the restaurant spoke out: ¡°Everyone please arrive to the 2nd floor assembly by 11:30pm, or else you will be shot.¡± Not wanting to be shot, everyone hurriedly made their way to the assembly hall. Everyone in the Crimson Vigilante¡¯s manage to get a seat next to each other.


    The man in the black suit from yesterday spoke: ¡°Please everyone take a look at the ipad next to you. The green boxes are the seats that you will have, the seats will determine where you will spawn and who will spawn next to you, although everyone spawns at the same location, you might want to spawn next to your new found friends, so I suggest you get booking.¡±


    After hearing that, everyone started clicking on the ipads next to them, I managed to get a seat next to Hailey and Jingxi. While Luke was below me and had Terry and Peaches next to him.


    Then after all the seats in the screens were red the man then said: ¡°Please go into the door which is about to open behind me, And please don¡¯t hurry as you cross through the scans.¡±


    After he said that, the enormous screen behind him opened up, across it was a white room full of hospital beds. I guess since we were going into the virtual world for 3 days in the real world we would have to be hospitalized to be kept alive..


    As me and my guild walked through the scanners, we stuck together until we found our respective beds, we laid down. As one by one, some person came to put the much larger version of a VTH on us.


    As we were connected to the VTH, a man shouted: ¡°Systems ready, start link.¡± After that, I was brought into a white tunnel once more. I was entering, the virtual world. After the white light disappeared I saw I was in a town, somewhat like the starter town in NBO.


    There was a gathering area, where the man who was talking to us earlier suddenly emerged, larger than ever. He said: ¡°I¡¯m here to remind once again, players can kill players, clear the maze using the map in your inventory.


    The tutorial is in your hands right now, so you should read it if you don¡¯t play VRMMORPGs. If you die in here, you die in the real world. I shall see you all, depending on the situation in 300 days. May the odds be with you.¡± After that, he disappeared and everyone was in panic once more.


    I estimated that since everyone was in chaos, it was the best time to go to the shops right now and pick up our starting weapons.


    So I instructed everyone in the guild: ¡°Quickly now! We must get our starting weapons and start farming in the maze, according to the map there¡¯s a town nearby here. We should go to that town and farm nearby it¡¯s outskirts, since it should only have low leveled monsters too!¡± Everyone nodded, and we quickly headed over to the beginners shop. After we chose our weapons of choice, we checked the map as we ran, clearing mob after mob heading towards the next town.


    As we ran, I quickly made the party and the guild. Apparently, the max amount of members here in a party was 6, 4 less than NBO. We quickly made the guild ¡°Crimson Vigilantes¡± through the gui. As we started clearing, I received a drop relatively quickly. It was called ¡°Spirit of forest Katana¡±, and it had a requirement of level 3.


    Luckily, when I got it I was already level 3, along with the rest of the guild. Everyone said i was lucky to get it, and that since I got the first drop it would probably mean I had the most luck. However, only after looking at the katana¡¯s name, I had figured out that the first part out of the hundred parts of the maze was a plain.


    We had been killing wolves, monkeys, lions and tigers all day long. As we reached the 2nd town, I asked everyone: ¡°Should we rest here?¡± Everyone nodded, as we headed into the player inns to sleep. Everyone booked their own separate rooms to sleep in.


    Our everyday routine was to eat breakfast, farm for 7 hours, then eat for half an hour for lunch, and farm 7 more hours, then eat again then sleep.


    We maximized our XP gain through this daily routine, with our knowledge of standard VRMMORPGs, we had quickly became one of the top players in the simulation. And the ¡°Crimson Vigilantes¡±, were well known. However, that didn¡¯t change the fact that after 50 days, we still couldn¡¯t find the boss room. The map only had guided us towards the dungeon, not inside. And inside the dungeon was a maze of it¡¯s own.The story has been illicitly taken; should you find it on Amazon, report the infringement.


    day 53, 1st dungeon


    ¡°Hya, Heavenly Piercer!¡± A tab showed up showing the credits and xp we gained from killing the monster. After 53 days, we¡¯re still in the 1st dungeon. Will we ever make it? The clearing team only consisted of 50 people, and so far I didn¡¯t even know how much more floors did we have to clear in order to get to the top of the dungeon. As we cleared the current top floor and mapped it, we were attacked by more and more dark elves.


    Eventually, we had to back down and drink our health potions to preserve our lives. Then, we struck them again. After that, a door opened and we saw it, the boss room. We peeked inside looking at what the boss looked like an enormous dark elf, wielding a katana.


    After we saw it, we decided it was time to head back, and spread the news. It was only 11am after all, so there would be enough time for the clearers to gather at the 5th town, Seizu. After we spread out the news for the clearers, we ate lunch at one of the restaurants in the towns. Luke said: ¡°Damn, food here surely don¡¯t taste as well as the food in the real world.¡±


    JingXi retorted: Well, duh it¡¯s in the virtual world dumbass.¡± Luke shouted: ¡°Why you piece of shit..¡± I said: ¡°You two, just stop the argument for god¡¯s sake.¡± The 2 girls at the table laughed, as they were chattering about how immature boys were.


    After lunch, we were surprised to see not just clearers but normal players gathering too. After all the time we spent in here, it looks like they haven¡¯t given up yet..


    There was at least 500 players gathered as I began my speech : ¡°As you know, according to the tutorial for this simulation, you should not fight bosses unless you¡¯re 20 levels higher than that dungeon¡¯s number. My guild¡¯s current level at the lowest is 30, so I suggest anyone who¡¯s level 20 or below leave immediately.¡±


    With that, about 400 people left. As they were leaving, a brown haired person, who was half a head taller than me, jumped nearby me and shouted at me: ¡°Are you telling these people to not participate? WHAT¡¯S WRONG WITH YOU? YOU JUST WANT ALL THE BOSS GEAR, ISN¡¯T THAT RIGHT?¡± All you actual VRMMORPG players know how to use this damn machine, but the rest of us don¡¯t. None of you taught us how to, and guess what, over 5000 players have died already because of you guys.¡±


    He was right, we were MMORPG players, but we only thought of our own survival at the time, not the survival of everyone else.


    Before I retorted him, a person who was a foot taller than that man who just jumped down, came down and said: ¡°The VRMMORPG players, had to survive too. And think about it, since you were all in panic it wouldn¡¯t make sense to help you all. It would just be a waste of time, plus a beginner''s tutorial guide was given to you, if you didn¡¯t read it and you died it¡¯s your problem. And, why would the VRMMORPG players want the boss gear? They want it so they could help clear more dungeons and get us out of this simulation.¡±


    After that, the person said: ¡°Go on, continue speaking¡±. Stunned, I continued speaking: ¡°We have found the boss room, and tonight in 6pm we meet here and prepare to raid it. Please get yourselves into groups of 6.¡±


    After that, the Crimson Vigilantes got together and as we prepared to leave to rest before the battle, the huge man who helped me earlier said: ¡°I don¡¯t have I group, could I join yours?¡± I replied: ¡°Sorry.. But we¡¯re already a group of 6..¡± He said: ¡°No problem, could I just follow you? I don¡¯t need the XP or credits.¡±


    I replied back: ¡°Sure, why not? What¡¯s your name by the way.¡± He said: ¡°My name¡¯s Leo Ren, I¡¯m a Greatsword user.¡± I replied: ¡°Alright, me and the Crimson Vigilante¡¯s are going back to our inn to rest now. As we were heading back to the inn, terry asked us: ¡°Do you need me to try upgrade your weapons? Or are you fine with the ones you have now?¡±


    We all nodded, it was obvious we wanted rest above all things. So as we headed to the teleporter to go to the 2nd town, we went back into our inns set the alarm to 5:30pm. As I fell asleep, I had a weird dream of how the elf slaughtered all of us. After that I heard a buzzing¡­


    As we all woke up, we quickly picked up all our weapons and headed towards the teleporter. We all said: ¡°Teleport! Seizu!¡± As a blue light flashed we were almost immediately transported to Seizu. Everyone who was going for the boss raid was gathered.


    Before we left, I made a speech: ¡°Everyone, today we may die, but let us leave the memories of us as heroes, one¡¯s that tried courageously and fought vigorously against the death simulation! Ad Victoriam!¡± They all shouted: ¡°Ad Victoriam!¡±


    As the clearing team of around 103 people went to the boss room¡¯s door, I said: ¡°There¡¯s no turning back after we enter, any coward who wants to can do now. After we entered the boss room, the doors shut. As the torches ignite, we see several statues of what seems to be previous dark elven kings. A blue skinned, white haired elf which was around 10x taller than me, started charging towards us with his katana.


    I called out: ¡°Team three, team four, team 5 block the boss!¡± They all responded with actions, raising their shields and blocking the boss¡¯s attack. I called out: ¡°Team one, team two, team six, attack!¡±


    As we attacked, the boss fought us off as our HP drained. I called out: ¡°Switch now!¡± I shouted: ¡°Teams 7,8,9 attack, teams 10,11,12 block!¡± After a while I called out: ¡°Switch! Teams 13, 14, 15 attack, and the rest of you defend!¡± As this went on a while the boss was finally down to near 0 hp.


    As my team prepared to finish it, the person who had shouted at me in the clearing meeting leaped out and took out his greatsword. He used a 7 hit combo on the boss, but then.. The boss¡¯s sword glowed bright blue as it used a 10 hit combo skill on the person.


    The person was slashed multiple times, as his hp dropped to 0, right before all our eyes. As I went over to him to tell him to drink the health potion, I said: ¡°you¡¯re a VRMMORPG player too, you know the last person hitting it gets the drop..¡±


    He replied: ¡°Yeah.. I was.. I¡¯m sorry for earlier I hope you¡¯d forgive me.. And save the others..¡± With this he disappeared right before me


    After this, everyone was in disarray as the boss regenerated 20% of it¡¯s hp post killing the person. After this I went on a fit of rage and activated my ultimate sword skillInfinity Slasheson a fit of rage I rampaged against the boss, Hailey went behind me.


    As I constantly called out: ¡°switch¡± The both of us were barely managing to block the boss, as we switch constantly from defending to attacking. Since everyone else was low hp, including the Crimson Vigilante guild members, it was up to us.. Although our hp was low, we had to risk this.


    We kept barely dodging it¡¯s blows. And finally, as the boss activated his sword skill, Hailey activated hers to counter it. Her 12 strikes managed to neutralize the boss¡¯s sword skill. After that she yelled: ¡°GO! GO JASON, NOW¡¯S YOUR ONLY CHANCE¡± I shouted loudly: ¡°INFINITY SLASHES!¡±


    As my 14 hits slash the boss hard, it¡¯s hp drops to zero. And I receive the rare drop from the boss. With the katana called : ¡°Zhurong¡¯s Katana¡± A level 34 legendary drop¡­ The katana was a normal blade, except in the middle of the blade in both sides there was a dragon, spitting out flames. The handle was golden, and was shaped like a star, only that it had four large corners.


    With my level being 36 it was almost perfect for me. After the boss fight, there was a huge celebration, with only one casualty, and that man being officially named a ¡°dickhead¡± no one actually had died in that bossfight. A celebration was held in the first town, where many people across the death maze came. I sat away from everyone, and Hailey came next to me. She gently asked: ¡°What¡¯s wrong Jason?¡± I replied: ¡°Nothing.¡±


    She said: ¡°That¡¯s not the Jason I know, is it the death of that person?¡± I cried as I said: ¡°He was just like us, a VRMMORPG player.. He was a brave person, despite being a dick and all. He had good intentions, but I had to let him die. If I had interfered earlier, none of this would¡¯ve happened!¡±


    She said: ¡°We defeated the boss, it was his fault for rushing in like that, and no one blames you.. It¡¯s ok Jason, just let it go. I¡¯m sure he¡¯ll feel much better if you forgot about it.¡± After that, she as she tried to hug me, I accepted her hug. It felt good, it was the first time I had that kind of feeling.. Someone who comforted me, someone who made me feel better about myself.

 The Start of a Quest

    As the party of last night began to die down, my guild retreated off towards our inn in the 2nd town. All thanks to Hailey, I was able to get a good night¡¯s sleep.


    As I dozed of easily in bed, I dreamt about completing the simulation and going back home. At the morning, at approximately 7am we ate the breakfast that Hailey prepared as usual, and Hailey packed up our food for lunch as we headed out to the newly unlocked part 2 of the maze.


    We all shouted: ¡°Teleport, Diqing¡± A bright blue flash erupted as we were teleported to the first town of part 2. As we walked around in the town, we saw that it was bigger than all the towns other than the first town (Shinpong).


    As we walked through, we spotted a weapons and armors shop for higher levels. It was for levels 30s and above, and we all quickly bought the armors which were suited for us.


    I decided not to buy any as my armor was already level 28 armor, so with a level 34 rare katana I should do, I thought. Before we went out of the safe zone I said: ¡°Let¡¯s split into two groups since Leo¡¯s with us, Terry, Luke and Peaches will go with Leo. The rest of us left will be the 2nd group, let¡¯s welcome Leo to our guild.¡±


    Everyone was eager to let him in, he had been friendly to us ever since we all met. Everyone was congratulating him to be able to make it into our guild.


    So as we went out of the safe zone, we saw what the terrain of the 2nd part of the maze looked like. It was a jungle type area, filled with jungle type creatures.


    Such as 2 legged crocodiles wondering in the swamps, four armed monkeys which stuck in groups, large wolves which attacked in groups of 3. Truly, the 2nd part of the maze was not suited for solo players. On the other hand, the terrain was a misty jungle with high trees. The trees were so high, the leaves on them nearly blocked all the sunlight, as a result. There was only enough sunlight for us to see attackers. All of the jungle, looked the same therefore it was quite hard to navigate, even with the map.


    As we skimmed through the mobs, we found out that even though they attacked together they had relatively low stats for their level. We easily managed to dispatch them, as we gained xp. We had each gained 2 levels by the end of the day, despite being split into groups of 4 and 3. Even though we had been much more slacked off than a normal grinding day because of the constant moving to find the 2nd town in the 2nd part of the maze, we still did not feel tired because we were pumped up to finish the simulation.


    We had the will, to live, and to meet each other again as friends in the real world. The 2nd town, was a town which looked more like a town with straw huts. It was much smaller than the first, but it was still a safezone with


    After we went to the town which was our destination at the 2nd part, we went back to the Shinpong to tell everyone that we had unlocked it and it was now on the teleport list for towns.


    After we did that, I went to Terry and I asked him: ¡°Bro, can you help me do a favor?¡± He laughed and asked: ¡°What favor though¡± I answered: ¡°I need you to help me upgrade the rare katana I¡¯ve got, I¡¯ve got all the parts to upgrade it to max. Thanks to all the loot drops we got today you can upgrade it to max, if you don¡¯t fail..¡±


    He laughed and replied: ¡°I¡¯ve got max level crafting buddy, there¡¯s no way in hell I can¡¯t upgrade it into max level¡± I said: ¡°Thanks¡± He replied: ¡°No problem, I¡¯ll give it back to you by tomorrow.¡±


    After that, I went into the inn room that belonged to me, and I layed down on my bed and went to sleep. It was pretty easy to sleep, as it was tiring today.. But I was also excited for my max level rare katana that I¡¯m going to get. I couldn¡¯t wait, and that kept me up. But eventually, my eyelid¡¯s heaviness drove me to sleep.


    As the alarm clock at 7am buzzed again, I got dressed and went outside of my room, meeting my guild. As we had the breakfast hailey gave me. Terry handed me the katana, he said: ¡°Man, that thing¡¯s stats are amazing..¡±


    As I looked at it¡¯s stats I was surprised, I yelled out: ¡°WHAT?¡± Everyone rushed over to me and looked at my Katana¡¯s stats. They were all surprised, it could with ease one shot all the mobs yesterday with a normal strike no skill needed.. Terry said: ¡°With max upgrades, this thing can do 30x the damage needed to one shot normal mobs here¡­ It also changes damage depending on the wielder¡¯s level¡­ But it can be said that it¡¯s the strongest longsword in the game¡­¡±


    I replied: ¡°It¡¯s a bit overpowered..¡± He replied: ¡°Probably a glitch in the simulation, lucky us.¡± As we dressed up and did our daily routine, we began to go towards the 3rd town.


    Within 5 days, we reached the dungeon entrance. We had gone through the entire part, and all the mobs were practically the same. It was the same old boring, yet tiring routine for 5 days. Navigate using the map, and head towards the town that we were navigating towards. If you find this story on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the infringement.


    As we unlocked town after town, in day after day, we easily managed to unlock all 5 towns and reach the dungeon entrance by day 5.


    As we were dragged our ingame bodies towards our ingame limits, we continued with sheer human determination. At day 5, when we finally reached the dungeon entrance we decided it was time to head back, we were too tired to start it and we didn¡¯t want to get player killed.


    As the 7 of us went back, we started chatter about the 5 days of hiking we did and how it was finally over. We were all looking forward to Hailey¡¯s stew tonight.


    As we got back to our inn in the 2nd town, Hailey started making the stew. The rest of us started chattering about how good her cooking was. Hailey was always a great cook, however we learnt from her that she wasn¡¯t only a good cook ingame, but she was also a good cook in real life.


    Well, I guess that¡¯s what explained why she was able to blend in ingredients and make new food that wasn¡¯t in the system. As she bought the food out, she overheard the normal chatter we were having and she said: ¡°Ok ok, time to eat guys.¡± Being the normal hungry food loving me, I dived in first.


    As I did, I said: ¡°Damn, this stew is great!¡± Hailey replied: ¡°Thanks, I made one like this in real life but, it was harder to make one in here using the ingredients I had here..¡± I said: ¡°Nice job! It¡¯s one of the best stews I tasted.¡± Luke interrupted us and said: ¡°Look at him, trying to get the girl.¡± Peaches patted on Luke¡¯s back hardly and replied to him: ¡°Cut them some slack, at least he¡¯s trying..¡±


    Both me and Hailey blushed bright red as normal and we shouted in unison: ¡°Look! We aren¡¯t a couple!¡± Luke retorted: ¡°Aww, how cute. Truly a couple if you can think the some things and shout it out in unison in the same time like this.¡±


    Hailey looked like she was about to slap him when Peaches got involved once more and said: ¡°Look look, Hailey¡¯s pretty much about to break and slap you. So I suggest you stop, and maybe stop reminding them of this subject. If you want relationships you should let them progress alone, not forcefully.¡±


    After that short lecture from Peaches, I could tell she was lowkey teasing me and Hailey. And we both blushed bright red again, as everyone laughed. We were all having a good time, well probably not me and Hailey. But we were all laughing and having fun like a group of friends, meetings like these made me feel like the virtual reality I was in was much better than the real world.


    After the great meal, we played a game of cards. We didn¡¯t have anything to gamble so we just played, and after it got boring we all went into our own individual rented inn rooms to sleep. Once I took a nice shower, I went into my room and slept like a rock.


    As the annoying alarm clock beeped next morning, I woke up in a flash in anticipation for what the mobs in the dungeon would look like. As we all gathered up and had our fill in breakfast, Hailey packed up our supplies and gave them to Jingxi and Leo to carry. We all hiked around 15 minutes clearing the mobs which came towards us. After our short 15 minute hike, we came to the dungeon entrance.


    The dungeon entrance was a ancient door like entrance, it had green leaves all around it. It was like whoever made it didn¡¯t want us to see it. As we opened the door, 3 tribal dressed like humans rushed towards us. As we cleared them, we discovered that they were level 36s.


    Thank god we had leveled up to level 45+, or we would¡¯ve been very unprepared for these tribals. The tribals were dressed in shirts made of leather, and short skirts made with grass with shorts on. They all had one thing in common, they wore the mask of what resembled a fire demon.


    I was confused, as I thought that in all religion, no one would ever serve a fire demon.. Well except for satanists but, they¡¯re an exception. But in here, it was as if they worshipped a god that had toppled over their old god. That was my only good guess for why.


    I could tell everyone was confused, so I told them my point of view: ¡°I think that these tribals were the type of people that worshipped one man, then the man was beaten by a demon and now they worship the demon.¡±


    Everyone nodded, no questions asked. As we came back day after day, as we went up floor by floor there was more and more demon - tribal cooperation. Well, I thought to myself over the days:Why care about the lore, they¡¯re just AIs.. All we have to do is kill the boss and get outta here.As we fought floor after floor, each of us managed to level up to level 54+, and this was with Terry being the lowest at 54, then Peahces at 56, then Leo at 57 and Jingxi at 58, Luke at 59 and Hailey at 60 and me at 62.


    And it wasn¡¯t just us farming here, it was other people too. I could tell everyday that the clearers were getting stronger for the upcoming boss fight.


    As we mapped the last part of the maze, we got up to the final floor in the 4th day of farming, relatively fast compared to last time.. But.. as we got up to the final floor, we saw nothing. It was only a room with pillars and walls. Jingxi shouted: ¡°How THE FUCK can this be?


    We¡¯re in the top floor, how the hell isn¡¯t the boss room here¡± I said quietly: ¡°Can this game be.. Rigged?¡± We all were disappointed. As we went down to the entrance of the dungeon, we spotted a girl. A girl wearing the same grass outfits, but guarded. I said: ¡°We haven¡¯t seen her earlier, strange.¡±


    Luke said: ¡°it could be a trap.¡± Hailey chimed in and replied: ¡°She only appeared when we reached the top floor, she could be our ticket into the boss room. Let¡¯s rescue her and take her quest.¡± We all agreed to Hailey¡¯s suggestion.


    We saw that there was 10 guards guarding the girl, the girl¡¯s name was Lesley. A young blonde haired girl wearing a white and blue dress, only about a head shorter than Leo. The guards were all fire demon guards, and pretty high leveled too.


    They were all level 40, but since we were at much higher levels we managed to easily dispatch them. As we freed the girl from the cage, we noticed that there was a blue text in front of her saying ¡°Quest: Free the Earth tribe, has started¡±


    Hailey then said: ¡°See? I told you guys not to hesitate, now to see if the quest is relevant..¡± After we freed Lesley from the cage, she started speaking. My name is Lesley, I¡¯m the daughter of Earth tribe¡¯s leader, Darius. I need your help, please!

 A Demons Flames

    A blue text appeared on top of her head saying: ¡°Are you willing to help her out?¡± Then, in our individual quest logs. We clicked on it and it said ¡°Free the earth tribe, Accept/Decline.¡± We all nodded towards each other as we clicked: ¡°Accept¡±. As we all clicked accept, the NPC named Lesley started speaking: ¡°My father¡¯s name is Darius Velto, he was the leader of the earth tribe. For years, my family also known as the royal Velto family has ruled over this part of the forest. This dungeon used to be our castle, but now it¡¯s merely the Demon King¡¯s playtoy. We used to be at tribe that worshipped the man that was the strongest. For ages, the Velto family was never challenged because of our rigorous training and our achievements. This is because it was the Velto family who founded this dungeon, this cave used to be our safe haven, where we could kill animals from the outside and bring them back here, while we farmed our crops inside the dungeon safely. However, during my father¡¯s glorious and prosperous reign this all changed. An enormous demon, leading a demon army killed lots of our men whilst invading this dungeon. The demon called himself the Demon King, and said he wanted to challenge my father for the throne of the tribe. My father, accepted his challenge. My father was heavily out matched, because the demon was stronger, faster than my father. Even though he had a larger body, I couldn¡¯t even get a visual on his speed. Not only that, but the demon had ranged attacks as well, he cast out fireballs attacking my father. In the end, my father was burned and shamed. He was tortured, then put in a cage. Healed again, tortured and has had this cycle for a repeated 10 years. I, was stripped of my chastity by the demons here. I was abused, tortured and used to make more demons. Since these demons grew up rapidly fast, they could reach adolescence in a matter of 1 year. Even though they were my children, I absolutely loathed them. They abused me like the other demons, treating me no better. And believe me, six of the ten guards just now was my own children that I gave birth to. I hope you swordsmen can help me, and the rest of the tribe! Our ancestor¡¯s wish to leave this dungeon and seek the legendary town in the other side, however the dungeon¡¯s back doors never opened. But I believe, if you free my father there will definitely be a way to do it! So please, I beg of you.. Free my father and defeat the demon! I will be waiting for you at the town closest towards here..¡±


    As the NPC stopped talking, we decided to stop there for the day. After all, we were going to stop anyway. However, instead of being bummed out like we were 30 minutes ago we were all more cheered up about the news. Jingxi said: ¡°Dude, I can¡¯t believe this was that easy.. Damn, what a let off. This should make up for the time we spent in the 1st part of the maze.¡± Luke continued on: ¡°Yeah! We¡¯re gonna survive this crappy MMORPG and get back to playing NBO one day..¡± Hailey and Peaches chirped: ¡°Yeah! When we get back, let¡¯s meet in the real world. This time, we¡¯ll meet as friends!¡± We all agreed, that we were going to finish this death MMORPG. We all quickly exited the dungeon and ran towards the closest town to the dungeon. As we ran back, in the jungle we saw many people farming. Guilds ranging from levels 30 - 50 were farming there in groups, as those groups greeted us on our way back we spread the news shouting: ¡°WE FOUND THE 2ND BOSS¡¯S boss room, meet us in Shinpong if you want to come with the clearers to raid it tomorrow. As we went back towards the 2nd town where we normally had our inns booked, several infobrokers were in the front of the door of our inn. As they interviewed us, me, Luke, Terry and Jingxi stood infront of the two girls so they didn¡¯t have to answer any ¡°inappropriate questions¡± that would give them terrible thoughts, while Leo answered the infobrokers. ¡°Is it true that you guys found the 2nd boss room so fast already?¡± They asked. Leo answered: ¡°Yes¡± They asked again: ¡°How did you find it¡± Leo answered: ¡°A unique quest.¡± After that I said: ¡°That¡¯s all we¡¯re going to tell you, and we¡¯re raiding the boss tomorrow. At 10am, everyone at the Shinpong Square that are high leveled enough can come with us to raid the boss.¡± After that, we excused ourselves from the pesky infobrokers and went into the inn. As we went into the inn, all of us went to the card playing table while Hailey did her thing. She prepared us chinese cuisine, 4 dishes of different kinds of meat, vegetables and fish. Truly, she was a great chef. As we feasted on the magnificent dinner we had, Hailey suddenly stood up said: ¡°Everyone, thank you for bringing me so far along this route with you all.. Without you all it wouldn¡¯t be possible for me, to get so far. So I hope tonight¡¯s meal will show my thanks towards you all, and also energize you up for tomorrow¡¯s boss battle!¡± We all clapped, as Hailey did a bow. We finished eating our delicious filling dinner and we all went to bed early, getting rest for our boss battle tomorrow.


    The 63rd day of the simulation. We woke up at 8am, and did our standard routine. Except this time, Hailey prepared us dimsum to eat instead of the normal sandwiches we had. She said: ¡°This is all I can do to help us fight better..¡± We all ate up and got ready to move out, as we moved towards the teleporter I noticed that there were infobrokers everywhere, stalking us. I whispered to the whole group: ¡°Stalkers..¡± They nodded and we went to one of the cross roads and made a run for it. Hailey said: ¡°God, their really annoying..¡± Terry spoke up and replied: ¡°Yeah.. Their like umm.. Real life reporters.. This must be like how real life celebrities feel like..¡± Luke replied: ¡°Yeah, hate reporters.¡± As the conversation went on like that, as we discussed the specifics of reporters and infobrokers, we finally arrived to the teleporter pad. We all shouted: ¡°Teleport! Shinpong!¡± A blue light shined as we were blinded by the flash temporarily.


    As we arrived, we noticed a large bunch of people were surrounding the teleporters. Mostly younger kids, and I spotted that these younger kids were mostly non clearers. They were probably scared to die, so they only attacked the low level mobs. But today, they all gathered here. And one kid stood out and shouted: ¡°Three cheers for the Crimson Vigilantes!¡± The kids started cheering on us, they were relying on us. At this moment I knew We were, their last hope to go home. As the kids cheered and we waved hands, we made our way to the clearing group¡¯s meeting place, now renamed as ¡°Clearer¡¯s Square¡±. More or less, the same people that came with us last time were there. In total, once again there was 102 people with 17 teams with the Crimson¡¯s Vigilante¡¯s 7 people taking up team 1. I started speaking: ¡°We all here, are gathered once more.. To carry the hopes of all the kids outside there waiting for us. We, are here to fight for our freedom. We are here, to free ourselves from the death simulation. Let us show the chinese government and the rest of the hong kong and Macau citizens that this isn¡¯t impossible. Let us give them hope!¡± Everyone cheered at my starting speech. I paused, and signalled everyone to calm down. I continued speaking: ¡°My guild has reached the top floor, and when we did we found that there was no way in. After we came back down, we saw a NPC trapped in a cage. It then gave us a unique quest, and said something about a dungeon. Once it was done talking it said it would wait for us in the town closest to the dungeon. That¡¯s why, I think it¡¯s the quest we need to go to the next part. So everyone, let¡¯s do our best and win this boss fight!¡± Everyone cheered after my speech and explanation. As the clearers began to march through the road formed by all the cheering kids, we went to the teleporter and teleported towards the town closest to the dungeon. The town was a small town, it was a town with quite much straw huts and the NPCs there looked like tribals as well. If you spot this story on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation.


    As our clearing group of 102 people arrived to the NPC, with the Crimson Vigilante¡¯s leading. We then approached the NPC and a blue tab appeared, which was visible to everyone. It said: ¡°Are you ready to challenge Flammot The 7th, Fire Demon King?¡±, We clicked ¡°Yes¡±. A second after we clicked ¡°Yes¡± Lesley started speaking: ¡°Thanks for coming! All you have to do is follow me and protect me until I lead you into the secret dungeon throne room. It¡¯s not in the top floor, it¡¯s actually in the bottom floor!¡± After hearing that, we were surprised.. After all, it was pretty smart of the AI to hide the boss in not the top floor of a dungeon.. But the lowest floor? No one could¡¯ve predicted that.. However, we were at the same time excited and as the NPC led us towards the dungeon (running obviously) I shouted: ¡°Charge!!!¡± We all shouted ¡°Hyaaa!!!¡± As we all charged towards the dungeon, all the mobs in our way were effortlessly slaughtered. They were wiped out completely, overkilled. Even the dungeon guards stood no chance, as we stored towards them. After that, a dusty, stone vault covered with moss suddenly opened in front of Lesley. She said: ¡°Here.. Follow me.¡± As we approached inside, the entire clearing team started to suffer injuries. Here, the mobs were stronger and faster than the ones we had faced in the original dungeon.


    However we all noticed one thing, in this part of the dungeon, there was no humans/tribals NPCs. That led me to believe that what she had told us during the beginning of the quest was true. Even though she was a NPC I felt a bit.. Sorry for her. Hailey was obviously upset after noticing that what the NPC said was indeed the truth.. I went next to her and said: ¡°It¡¯s alright, we¡¯ll make sure we rescue her father and ensure that they can live in peace.¡± Hailey sobbed: ¡°But.. She was abused, I can¡¯t help but to cry thinking what if that happened to me..¡± I replied: ¡°I won¡¯t ever let that happen, as long as I¡¯m here I won¡¯t let anyone mess with you.¡± She cheered up and said: ¡°Ok.. Gantic Qianbei¡± (Ç°Ý…).¡± I put my arm over her as we walked towards the next corner, and then as the next monsters appear I let go of her and I attack them ferociously. I show my rage and hope that this will help to avenge Lesley. Even though she was a NPC, both me and Hailey had felt sorry for her. As we fought through, after going up 5 floors we reached.. The bossroom. Lesley said: ¡°After we enter here, there will be no return are you ready? Once you are I¡¯ll open this room..¡± I shouted to everyone: ¡°Drink up your health potions, and let¡¯s get ready to pummel this boss to the ground!¡± We all drank our health potions, after that I heard everyone shout: ¡°READY!¡± After that, I clicked ¡°Ready¡±. As the enormous stone doors opened, we all ran inside along with Lesley. Inside the boss room, I spotted a cage, however the person there seemed.. Unconscious, so I decided to not open the cage. I thought Strange.. Why hasn¡¯t the boss emerged yet? Soon after that thought the boss approached under Lesley, and luckily the people nearby her were fast enough to dodge the boss¡¯s attack.


    After that, the boss appeared. The boss was a Enormous fire demon, with two black horns. His face was like that of a bull, but it was red. His body was black and red, and his hands were standard human hands. His feet were like that of a bulls, two black hooves. He held a large hammer, a flaming red hammer. I started to get all groups into position like the last boss fight. A constant amount of switches took place, however the boss¡¯s HP still only went down by 30%. While he was down by 30% of his HP, most of us was exhausted and low on hp. Most of us were down by 50% hp already.. As the boss charged towards us, as if seemingly knowing that we were losing, he managed to quickly knock out two players to 10% hp, making them vulnerable to death. I rushed to the boss as I activated my special move Infinity Slashes. Trying to help, managed to successfully knock the boss off it¡¯s balance. However, the boss used it¡¯s fireballs to push me away and push me towards the cage. I painfully hit the cage, as the cage burst open. After that I heard the boss shout : ¡°Noooooooooo!¡± As the cage burst open, a black man, with a spear burst out. He looked around, and he yelled: ¡°Demon, I reclaim my throne today!¡± With that, his spear glowed blue and he used a 30 hit combo move on the demon, the demon was knocked back. He then said: ¡°Your petty tricks won¡¯t work on me this time, nor will your minions be able to save you.¡± After that he looked and me and continued talking: ¡°It was brave of you to fight him, but now let me take over.¡± I nodded, as the other members of the clearing party quickly tended to the two players who hit 10% HP.


    As the two superpowers fought, I saw that Darius was getting beat back. After that I whispered to Hailey: ¡°We¡¯ve both got almost max HP back thanks to regen, we need to help him before it¡¯s too late.¡± She nodded, and then we both ran towards the boss. Seemingly knowing what I meant, the rest of the Crimson Vigilante¡¯s which had all regenerated their health rushed towards the boss. Darius shouted: ¡°Stay back! This is my fight, and mine alone!¡± I yelled back: ¡°NO! This fight is for all of us, and we also need that monster dead.¡± After that, one by one the Crimson Vigilante¡¯s started activating our own special combos. As me and Hailey went last, Hailey shouted: ¡°Heavenly Piercer!¡± Her rapier glowed blue, as she started to continuously stab the boss. After that, she yelled at the top of her lungs: ¡°Switch! Jason finish him off!¡± After that, I unleashed my ultimate sword skill once more Infinity Slashes. As I unleashed my 14 slashes across the demon¡¯s body it yelled in pain as its health points hit zero. After that, it vaporized into nothing. Forever deleted from the program. After he was defeated, Lesley got up and congratulated us: ¡°Thanks! You¡¯re truly amazing! And thanks for saving my father, our tribe will be now moving to the next part of the maze since fire demons will still be lurking around this area.¡± After that, we saw the tribe members who we fought ruthlessly to get to this bossroom come inside. After that, the doors behind the boss room opens and they run out towards the 3rd part of the maze.


    Before Lesley left, she said: ¡°As the person who defeated the boss, I feel like you should receive this. This is what dropped off the demon king, and I believe you should receive the defensive powers of his very essence, consider this a gift and farewell.¡± After that I received a level 60 clothing named: Guihuo (Demon fire) Coat. It was a black and red clothing, it had a flame pattern in the waist part of the shirt, and had the rest of the clothing was black. As I put the clothing onto me, since I had leveled up to level 61 after defeating the boss and clearing this dungeon, Hailey said: ¡°He looks a bit more.. Attractive¡±, after that she blushed and didn¡¯t talk again. I shouted towards everyone: ¡°Well done at this boss battle, and I invite everyone to the feast tonight at Shinpong. Everyone can come, so we can celebrate the defeat of this boss! Long live us!¡± Everyone cheered, as we returned back to the town closest to the dungeon and teleported towards Shinpong.

 New Friends

    Last night, everyone parties their hearts out. There was even wine, to drink that had the same effects as real world wine (Except for disorders and illnesses), and we all drank till we were drunk. We all enjoyed the party, and it was the time of my life. All the clearers and the kids who weren¡¯t there for the boss fight was partying together. As we told the story of the epic boss battle, Hailey came to me and congratulated me for dealing the last hit. And she also jokingly said: ¡°Next time I deal the last hit, or else I cut your head off.¡± I replied while laughing: ¡°Yes ma¡¯am.¡± She said: ¡°Good.¡± After that Luke and Peaches came over and started arguing about who did the most damage. Luke argued: ¡°I obviously did the most damage, you barely did a scratch.¡± Peaches retorted: ¡°Oh yeah? Well look at yourself and that sloppily held halberd of yours.¡± Luke said: ¡°Well then, look at that short mace of yours. Looks more like a toothpick¡± She shouted: ¡°Why you..¡± Luke then proceeded to anger her more and said: ¡°Well then, obviously a halberd is more effective than a toothpick.¡± After that she grabbed her mace and started to chase Luke while shouting: ¡°I¡¯ll SHOW YOU WHAT A TOOTHPICK CAN DO.¡± Both me and Hailey laughed, it was truly a entertaining night. However, after partying till 1am everyone decided to start to head back to our respective night activities. As my guild and I head back towards the inn that we were staying, I saw how Luke and Peaches still were pretty pissed with each other. As I went to my best friend and tried to make him laugh, Hailey being the only other girl in the guild went to Peaches and tried to calm her down. I thought to myself God, these two are never going to get together as friends..


    As we each went back into our rooms, I personally went to first take a nice relaxing shower, before going to bed. This night, reminded me of the activities that took place between me and my real life friends. The more I thought about it, the more I knew that the virtual world, wasn¡¯t just a virtual world. It was always meant to be interconnected with the real world. As I sunk into my thoughts as usual, my eyelids started to feel heavy. Corresponding with my eyelid¡¯s will, I let it close as I enter my dreams. As I wake up in the next day, I quickly do my morning activities and get ready for the day of farming. As I move outside of my inn door, everyone of the Crimson Vigilante¡¯s were already dressed and waiting. As usual, Jingxi being Jingxi said: ¡°You¡¯re late dumbass.¡± I replied: ¡°It¡¯s just by 10 minutes, nothing big.¡± As Jingxi was about to retort me Hailey stared him down with a look that she was about to murder him if he said another word. He said: ¡°Yes, Ma¡¯am.¡± After that, Hailey bought us our standard breakfast of Ham and Cheese sandwiches. We all ate up the delicious sandwiches made by Hailey. After we ate, I said to everyone: ¡°Let¡¯s go clear the 3rd part as fast as we did with the 2nd one! Everyone was very enthusiastic about clearing the simulation, as we all had just cleared the 2nd floor as fast as lightning. We knew we could win this and go home, and return to our normal lives.


    As we all went towards the teleporter, we saw the options for the towns that we could teleport to as we saw the name of the 3rd part¡¯s 1st town. The town¡¯s name was ¡°Jianyumen¡± after seeing that I thought as I shouted it¡¯s name to teleport to it Strange.. Jian yu means Jail, and men means door. That would mean Jail¡¯s Door? What kind of map is this? Once the flash that blinded me stopped blinding me, I looked out. This was map a prison map.. It was like something was being kept inside, but what? As we prepared to go into the combat zone with our newly bought gear from this town, several other clearer guilds followed us. The Dragon Warriors, known for their Shielding, consisted of a team of heavy weapons users and a team with tankers. The White Smiters, a team of greatsword users which occupied two groups of clearers. And finally, the Golden Fangs. A guild which uses more lighter weapons like rapiers, katanas and maces. They occupied three groups of the clearers.


    As we got our items Hailey said: ¡°This is really creepy.¡± I replied : ¡°Yeah.. reminds me of a prison camp.¡± She then said: ¡°Maybe it is.. maybe.¡± I replied : ¡°No way it is.¡± After we bought our weapons, we started going outside of the town. As we emerged from the safezone, we emerge to what seems to be the outskirts of a ruined city. Ape wolf faced like creatures, with a body of a crooked human that wielded swords, Kobold scavengers were the primary mobs here, as we fought through them with eaze. As we fight through towards the next town, there was more and more Kobolds that were becoming higher and higher level. Thank god we were ahead, or else we would have a hard time like everyone else. From Kobold scavengers we managed to greet Kobold soldiers and foot soldiers, and they knew how to use skills, just like us.


    It took us a total of 5 days to go through all of the towns and to the dungeon, and by the time we reached the dungeon we were all at least level 82+. As the 6th day approached, we prepared ourselves to go inside the dungeon. The dungeon wasn¡¯t really a dungeon. It was instead a enormous prison like area, with a enormously tall building at the middle of it. . The prison¡¯s gate was heavily guarded with numerous amounts of Kobold archers and Kobold guards. The sky was blood red, and the prison was more like a impenetrable fortress of steel. As we rushed towards the prison, the archers opened fire. Thanks to our well trained reaction speeds and instinct we managed to dodge them all as we began to kill off the archers and guards in the prison¡¯s front walls. After we went inside the prison, we still had to clear Kobold guards to get to the tall building¡¯s gate. And inside there was the true dungeon. The prison was heavily guarded by Kobolds, and we had to eliminate them all, however it wasn¡¯t easy as they were quite numerous and high levelled at the same time. At the 6th day of arrival we decided to challenge the dungeon. Terry said: ¡°What¡¯d you think would be inside, Jingxi?¡± Jingxi repleid: ¡°I dunno? guards? NPC prisoners? A quest giver like last time?¡± Terry shrugged, as we went inside the dungeon. Sure enough there were level 80 guards, as we fought them long and hard, we eventually managed to defeat them. I asked everyone: ¡°Should we farm here?¡± Hailey stood up and replied: ¡°Yes, no matter what we have to risk it¡± I said: ¡°Everyone in agreement with her?¡± They all nodded. And so, our day to day lives changed from travelling, to dungeon clearing once more. Level after level, we still couldn¡¯t reach the top floor. The mobs weren¡¯t even captain ranked, they were just lieutenant ranked according to their name. Enjoying the story? Show your support by reading it on the official site.


    At the 15th day, we finally met the first group of Captain Class Kobolds. The kobolds was level 98, however we had already rose all the way up to level 100+. As we engaged the Kobolds, we discovered that they not only knew sword skills but it also had more advanced wisdom in terms of fighting. It was able to form more complicated strategies than the previous monsters and bosses we had faced. Thanks to our higher level weapons and equipment, we managed to beat the Kobolds. However, I wouldn¡¯t hesitate to say that they were just about as good as us, as they were all armed with 8 consecutive hit skills, ranging from a variety of weapons. We barely managed to beat them. As we slayed the last Kobold Captain, we walked through several corridors and went into one of the rooms. After killing the mobs there, we then found another room. The room appeared to be.. A execution room? There was a executioner¡¯s table and a kobold that was wearing a black mask on it¡¯s furry head. We didn¡¯t bother to find out, and since it took us fairly long to get here. I decided that this would be a good time to use one of those expensive teleporter placer crystals. As I put down a teleporter at the room that we just cleared. Hailey asked me : ¡°Why are you wasting it on this?¡± I snapped: ¡°They may be expensive but do you really want to go through all that again?¡± After that, Hailey obediently retreated back as we all went onto the teleporter and went to our hometown. After this long day we were all exhausted, as we headed back into our inn and didn¡¯t even have dinner. We were all tired from fighting and fell sound asleep, without even talking to each other.


    At the next day, we did our morning routines as we proceeded to head onto the teleporter to teleport into the place which we left off yesterday. As we were walking towards the teleporter a conversation between us started.. Jingxi said: ¡°Hell yeah, I¡¯m ready to pound that executioner to the ground.¡± After that Luke said: ¡°Nooo. That loot drop is mine.¡± Terry went in and said: ¡°Well.. you don¡¯t have to both argue about loot drops you know. After all it could be my type of weapon and not yours.¡± After that Luke and Jingxi both yelled: ¡°Shut your trap, it¡¯s none of your business.¡± Peaches retorted to them both and shouted: ¡°Give the poor kid some slack, he¡¯s not even damn confident and you¡¯re bullying him like this, looks like your more of a pussy than I thought.¡± Luke then said: ¡°Why you little..¡± As he was about to speak something else Hailey said: ¡°Stop being so greedy, all of us have different weapons after all. If the executioner is actually a mini boss and drops a decent weapon one of us can use, then let¡¯s just give it to a person that can use it ok?¡± Leo, taking his opportunity said: ¡°I call dibs on the battleaxes.¡± I then shouted: ¡°ENOUGH! WE¡¯RE A GUILD THAT SHARES THE DROPS WITH EACH OTHER SO STOP ARGUING ABOUT DROPS.¡± After that Hailey as if cheering me on said: ¡°Yeah, listen to Jason. He¡¯s speaking the truth, so shut the hell up.¡± After my outburst everyone stayed quiet until we went to the teleporter. After that we shouted: ¡°Teleport! Jason Gan¡¯s teleporter at maze part 3 dungeon. As we shouted that a blue flash erupted and we were instantly transported. When we arrived, a bunch of kobold guards started attacking us. We killed them almost instantly with our superior skills and weapons.


    As we went to the executioner¡¯s room, we saw two people with green crystals above their heads.. What? No way, I didn¡¯t recognize those people. Their names were ¡°Prisoner¡± then with a hashtag and a number code. However it was clear they were real life people. I was petrified to see them like this, it looked like from their faces they were happy to die. It was like they were tortured for so long, death was a joy to them. Their faces showed the signs of agony they had faced before, and the joy they had in awaiting their impending deaths. It was definite that these people would die once they killed in here too. As the axe swung, I shouted in the top of my lungs: ¡°WAIT!¡± However, the person that was in there was killed. After that person, I saw the next up in line was a couple. A couple which was around the age of 25.. Unlike the rest of the people, they were afraid of dying. It appears that despite their torture, they wanted to survive. I.. Couldn¡¯t help but to put myself in their shoes. At that moment I vowed to myself that I would save them. I shouted to everyone in the Crimson Vigilante¡¯s: ¡°DON¡¯T INTERFERE, THIS IS MY FIGHT.¡± As I charged towards the Kobold executioner, which name was ¡°Chusi the executioner of Tanren¡±. I shouted out: ¡°STOP!!!¡± As the kobold turned its eyes towards me, it proceeded to stop the blade which was going to chop their heads off. The executioner¡¯s axe it had was a long battle axe like weapon. It had a ebony handle, unlike the standard battleaxe. It was decorated highly with gold, and the iron on the axe was colored black. On the top of the axe was a smaller blade, while in the bottom it was a much longer and sharper blade. The kobold and I both took stances and looked at each other, ready to fight and kill each other. A battle of revenge and bloodlust had begun.

 Lost Memories

    As we rushed towards each other, our blades crossed. The sounds of the two blades crossing each other could be heard clearly. As we clashed, our blades went KLANG everytime the blades hit one another. As we fought back and forth, everyone in the room was amazed at our speed. It was like we were fighting each other with superpowers. However, as you all know each battle has a conclusion. As I was pushed back by the kobold¡¯s heavy punch, my katana managed to land a hit on him. As our HPs went down to yellow, both of our weapons glowed. As mine glowed blue and his glowed red I shouted : ¡°TAKE THIS, AND PERISH.¡± I activated my sword skill Infinity Slashes. As our sword skills collided head on, at the 13th strike I noticed he was left wide open, so I decided to use my final slash in my sword skill to attack with full power. As I attacked, he quickly dodged it and used his remaining slashes on me. At that moment I thought I¡¯m going to die, like this. I had a good life, good bye Terry, Leo, Luke, Jingxi, Peaches and most of all, Hailey. As the sword reached me I heard a KLANG sound. And I saw what appeared to be a rapier blocking the kobold¡¯s slashes. Hailey cried out with tears on her cheek while saying: ¡°Why would we let you go and die alone? If there¡¯s a chance of death, all of us are willing to die with you, but together we have a greater chance of success. So, instead of you going alone and risking your own life, let¡¯s all finish this Kobold... Together.¡±  After she used her sword skill Heavenly Piercer to block kobold¡¯s remaining slashes and deal damage after she was done, she immediately yelled: ¡°SWITCH!¡± Almost instantaneously, Jingxi and Luke came out and used their sword skills using their weapons, and landed several hits. After that, the Kobold¡¯s HP depleted and disappeared into dust. As we were receiving the rewards Luke shouted : ¡°YES!¡± We all went over to him, including me who just took a healing potion to heal. He had received the executioner¡¯s execution axe. It turns out that it was usable by both Luke and Terry, who said that he would let Luke have the drop this time since he didn¡¯t do anything against the boss. The weapon was called : ¡°Fanranchusi Executioner Axe¡± A rare weapon for level 108. Perfect for Luke¡¯s level. However what was weird was that my Wushidao¡¯s stats still far surpassed this axe¡¯s stats by 4x even though it was already max upgraded, and was still the second most powerful weapon we had seen.


    After we all had enough of seeing Luke¡¯s new rare weapon we all went over to tend to the only survivors of the battle. It was the couple I managed to save from the execution, the rest had been executed already, dead. They were unconscious, and had little to no health. As we gave them the health potions, their eyelids began to open. The man said: ¡°Honey.. Are we alive?¡± The woman then weakly said while hugging him: ¡°I think so.. I only remember we were about to be executed..¡± He said: ¡°It¡¯s ok now.. And who are you all?¡± I said: ¡°My name is Jason Gan, I¡¯m the leader of the Crimson Vigilante¡¯s, and also the clearing group commander.¡± The man said: ¡°My name is Searing Ng, and this is my wife Rosie Ng.¡± The man was a tall man about as tall as Leo, with smooth short black hair. While the women named Rosie was a girl which was slightly taller than Hailey. She looked more like a older sister to Hailey, both having some of the same qualities in terms of hair,  eyes and body proportions. She had a graceful smile on her face and said: ¡°Hello, nice to meet you..¡± I then inquired further and asked: ¡°Why were you here, you aren¡¯t with the clearers.. Nor are you a low level. You¡¯re a level 105, but you have no weapons and armor? Only simple clothing..?¡± Searing said: ¡°Both me and my wife Rosie have no idea of why we came here, we were simply out on one day minding our own business in Hong kong together and then after we think anymore about the events later I only know what happened once we entered here. We were transported to a cell once we arrived, we were tortured and Rosie was.. Raped. Abused. We had been like this for 16 days now..¡± After he said that Rosie began to cry, and he said: ¡°It¡¯s alright Rosie, it¡¯s alright. At least you weren¡¯t driven to insanity, and we¡¯re still together right?¡± After that Rosie stopped crying and cried out: ¡°yes searing!¡± After that she went into his arms and sobbed, as Searing continued to speak: ¡°We only know one thing, and that is that our memories were wiped of why we were imprisoned here, but at the same time I still have most of my real life memories including my memories of my time with Rosie.¡± I asked: ¡°Aren¡¯t you both a little bit old for this?¡± He replied: ¡°For what?¡± I answered: ¡°This is the death simulation, you both look like adults.. And there aren¡¯t supposed to be for adults.¡± He then said: ¡°I¡¯m 28, and Rosie is 26.. Why are we in the death simulation..¡± I said to him: ¡°It¡¯s alright.. Just be careful if you die, you¡¯ve only got one life.¡± After hearing that Rosie cried once more and Searing said: ¡°It¡¯s alright, I will protect you with my life, we¡¯ll make it out here alive.¡± After that, he asked me: ¡°So can you tell me the basics of the death simulation?¡± I then started explaining to him and Rosie, how did the death simulation work and the basics of the game.¡± After that he got up and said: ¡°So basically, right now we¡¯re on day 80, we have to clear 8 more parts including this part to get up to the final part. And we have 220 days to do it, and you¡¯re part of the clearing group which clears bosses and you¡¯re also the top guild.¡± I said: ¡°yeah, now let¡¯s get you to work on that sword skill.¡± As I taught him how to open menu, I saw that he had a strange skill. [Dual wielding swords]. I said: ¡°You have a unique skill huh, better not let anyone know. Use that, it¡¯s probably the best for you.¡± After saying that, I gave him two level 100 longswords to dual wield. The weapons I gave him were the loot drops today and were quite practical to use against the kobolds of this dungeon. While I taught him, Hailey and Bonnie rushed over to Rosie to teach her. Rosie, picked the a spear for her weapon as she was taught how to use it by Hailey and Peaches. The 3 girls cheerfully discussed the simulation¡¯s mechanics and about the relationship between of Rosie and Searing. Obviously, after hearing the love story between Rosie and Searing the two girls were both at tears at how romantic it was. Apparently, Searing once was a Duguo soldier at the age of 18, and during the war he saved Rosie and they got married after the war hiding their identity as a former duguo army officer.¡± After hearing that story I thought He and his wife were probably bought here as prisoners of war to be first tortured in real life, then in here. But keeping my thoughts to myself, I said: ¡°Since you¡¯re from the outside and also level 105, you might want to join us? We can teach you how to use skills in several days..¡± Searing said: ¡°We¡¯d be glad to join your guild, am I right honey?¡± Rosie nodded, as Hailey and Peaches hugged her as they shouted: ¡°Yay!¡±


    Time passed fast as we trained Rosie and Searing about the basic commands of the game. They quickly managed to master standard sword skills, and began training for their new unique combo sword skills. As they settled in into the inn that we had rented with the rest of the crimson vigilantes, day by day passed. By the 3rd day they were with us Searing completed a 10 hit sword skill. While Rosie by the 5th day completed a 8 hit spear skill, day by day we got closer to the boss. At the 4th day after a long day of farming, I overheard Hailey and Rosie talking about cooking. It seems that they both shared a interest in cooking, while Searing came over to me and said: ¡°That girl¡¯s a good choice ya know.¡± I asked: ¡°What do you mean?¡± He answered: ¡°Come on now, don¡¯t play dumb. It¡¯s obvious you both like each other.¡± I started blushing as I said: ¡°Why do you think of that?¡± He answered: ¡°After all, me and Rosie started out like that, you and Hailey remind of me and Rosie during our days.¡± As I was about to blush bright red, the two girls came out with our dinner. It was amazing, a cantonese style roasted duck. The duck had reddish brown skin, while it¡¯s meat was grey. It smelled great, despite this being a virtual world I could smell the duck¡¯s strong scent. The two girls shouted: ¡°Dinners ready!¡± Right after they shouted everyone came out, and Jingxi said: ¡°Mannnnn.. This smells amazing!¡± And Luke said: ¡°This smells so good I bet I could dive in right now!¡± As he was about to reach for a piece with his bare hands his hand was smacked with a chopstick by Hailey. Who lectured him and said: ¡°Where are your manners, sit down first and get rice before you start eating..¡± He shamefully apologised: ¡°Sorry Ma¡¯am¡­ I forgot.¡± After we finished eating that delicious meal, everyone was filled up.. We all decided to sleep early to get to the dungeon early tomorrow for the boss fight. As we entered our separate rooms, except for Rosie and Searing who had a larger bedroom because they were a married couple. As I went into my bed and lied down, I started closing my eyelids and went to sleep.The narrative has been taken without permission. Report any sightings.


    I was woken up in the night, when I heard a strange noise.. I heard a high pitched voice just yelling out ¡°AH¡± constantly. I leaped out of my bed and checked the time, the time was [01:00]. I opened my lights and went outside of my room. As I travelled through the elegantly made hallway, I tracked the voice¡¯s owner to.. Searing and Rosie¡¯s room.. I thought So that¡¯s what the girls were talking about huh. Searing and Rosie couldn¡¯t figure out how to disable the [NSFW Restriction] through menu and so they asked the girls, afraid of being laughed at by us boys. As I heard the high pitched voiced shout ¡°AH¡± louder and more frequently, I thought Welp, at least it¡¯s going to be over soon right? After my thought, I heard a male voice saying: ¡°Quiet down or they¡¯re going to hear us..¡± The high pitched voice answered: ¡°I can¡¯t help it.. it just feels too good alright?¡± The male sighed and spoke: ¡°Alright alright I¡¯ll end this quickly.¡± After he said that, I heard a large shout of : ¡°AHHHHH.¡± After that I decided that they probably wouldn¡¯t do IT again and headed back to my room, as I heavily collapsed on my bed with a huge ¡°THOMP¡± noise.


    At the next morning, as I heard the alarm beep I put my hand up and attempt to silence it. After my attempts to resist to get up I finally realised it was futile and got up and did my morning routines. As I put on my normal clothes which were hung in the wardrobe in my room, I opened my door and headed for Hailey¡¯s room. After I was inside, I saw that only Rosie, Searing, Ximing, Hailey and I  were here. As we all waited for everyone to wake up and arrive, Ximing broke the silence and said: ¡°You both disabled [NSFW Restriction] and did Sex didn¡¯t you.¡± Rosie blushed bright red and gave a slap to Searing who replied: ¡°I¡¯m sorry ma¡¯am, but in my defence I did tell you to quiet down..¡± After that slap the rest of the gang arrived in time to see it, and Peaches said: ¡°You guys really did it last night here, right after we told you the controls.. Wow, you must really be in a hurry huh.¡± Rosie shouted: ¡°It¡¯s not like that..¡± Hailey then came out with breakfast and attempted to defend them by saying: ¡°God don¡¯t be so harsh on them, they¡¯ve been tortured and Rosie raped.. It¡¯s only normal for them to do that, after all they just want to be together.¡± I responded by saying: ¡°At least they could¡¯ve kept it more quiet, instead of being so loud. Jeez, do you guys do it that much in the real world too..¡± Rosie blushed and responded: ¡°No.. we barely do it.¡± After that everyone laughed, as we ate the sandwiches Hailey prepared us for breakfast.


    After breakfast we all headed out to the teleporter, as we headed there we see many people with different weapons and armour going to and away from the teleporter, life seemed normal. It just looked like people were going to work, like normal life. But, there was a certain difference. In normal life, you could pick your work. In here, your work is picked for you. But, it still calmed me to see that there were people living out normal lives here, like Searing and Rosie. They were positive, and they were high spirited to get out of this hell. I always wondered what carried them on, was it their love for each other, was it their hopes to get back together in real life? I will never know, I guess. As we teleported to the executioner¡¯s room through the teleporter pad I placed outside of the room, Rosie put her self in Searing¡¯s arms. She was sobbing, while Searing was trying to comfort her. I sighed, I knew that Rosie would never be able to forget what was going on while she was in this room. As we left the room as quick as we can to help Rosie¡¯s tears, we began to take out our maps, which we¡¯ve been using to map down the route towards the boss room.


    As we cleared out the mobs of this level of the maze, we mapped it out and prepared to advance to the next level. As we went to the stairs we saw it was like a long passage way, elegantly decorated with pictures of kobolds. There was gold torches with the stairs being elegantly put out. As we arrived, we saw the door to a room. I opened it. It was.. the boss? A enormous Kobold named Emperor Of Kobolds, Fujin Huang with bright gold armour and a silver helmet. He was armed with a weapon which we couldn¡¯t figure out. After we saw the boss, I told everyone to run back to the teleporter as fast as they could. We had to inform the clearers about the boss and clear it. As soon as possible, as we ran back to the teleporter we quickly teleported towards Shinpong, the first town. Immediately after we teleported there, we started spreading the news by yelling out the news. The news spread like fire, because right after we ate our lunch in noon all the clearers were gathered in the clearer square.


    This time though, there was only 82 clearers.. Was the rest of them wiped out by the defences laid out by the kobolds? Because.. it seemed like the defences of the prison were much harder to get through than the mobs in itself.. Was the concept of this part of the maze the guards of the prison..? I couldn¡¯t tell. As I bought everyone to my teleporter by giving them it¡¯s ID, every clearer starting with the Crimson Vigilante¡¯s lined up to get teleported there. When we were all there, I led the charge bringing everyone towards the boss. We knocked the door open and began fighting, the boss wielded.. A rapier? Hailey was excited, I could definitely tell that she wanted that beautifully decorated diamond rapier. As the boss fight began, each group switched again and again. The boss was defeated within 3 whole cycles of switches, with Hailey getting the drop weapon. So I thought So, the challenge in this floor was.. The outer defences? The boss was too easy.. Even though I was stuck in my thoughts, Luke slapped me and said: ¡°Come on, cheer for her or you¡¯re never going to be successful.¡± I said while blushing bright red: Sh..ut.. UP!¡± I went over to Hailey and congratulated her for getting the last hit, and she smiled while replying to me : ¡°Thanks Jason!¡± I nodded while smiling back. The rapier¡¯s name as she read it out was ¡°Striking Light¡±. The name suited the rapier.. With it¡¯s diamond blade and silver hilt, it was like a sword made of pure light itself. As we all returned to Shinpong using the Boss room¡¯s teleporter which we found behind his throne. After that, a massive party was thrown to celebrate the people rescued from the dungeon and the victory we scored over the boss.

 Player Killer I

    In day 85 of the Death simulation we entered the 4th part of the maze. The 4th part of the maze was a desert, we fought various types of mutated desert animals to get to the dungeon. By the 6th day we got to the dungeon, after an several hours of hiking while clearing mobs we finally reached it. The outskirts of the dungeon was like an Egyptian ruin, the ruins of a civilisation. Pillars made of stone everywhere, some still standing, some which have fell, some which have cracked in half. Whatever it was, it sure as hell didn¡¯t make me feel safe. Surrounding the dungeon, there was several types of stealth mobs, such as Ruin Snakes, which had poison effects that would make you feel unpleasant, and sand scorpions who¡¯s sting has a AOE effect. In the middle of the dungeon, there was a door. However unlike other dungeons, instead of going up it led us to go down. Inside the dungeon were various types of mummies, a variation of the sands scorpions which were larger and more fierce named the Dungeon Scorpion, dungeon dwellers which were made out of stone and had green air flowing out of them and other creepy monsters that you would only see in horror movies


    This is day 104, the Crimson Vigilante¡¯s haven¡¯t been back in our inn ever since we first arrived inside the dungeon 9 days ago. The path back to the nearest town to the dungeon would take us an average of 5 hours to get to, while also looking out for the stealthy mobs outside of the dungeon door. So we decided to stay here, until we found the boss room. As we walked through and mapped the last floor, we found the boss room. Inside there was a enormous tomb, the tomb was golden and blue, it was enormous. We couldn¡¯t even tell what was inside, so we decided to head back after all we were already level 180+ and had the highest grade weapons and armour we could get from here possible. We were positive that we were far ahead of everyone else, and perfectly ready for the boss fight. We wanted to get a rest for one or two days, then tell everyone to raid the boss, however something unexpected happened..


    A child ran up to us, once we exited the teleporter and cried out: ¡°Crimson Vigilantes! Please help us!¡± I was confused, what could possibly happen in the lower level floors like the second and third floor? I ventured on and asked: ¡°What happened?¡± He replied: ¡°Ever since we entered the 4th part, there has been reports of players being killed by other players. I¡¯ve always thought that no one would want to kill others in this simulation. But I was wrong, it appears those people do exist, and a society named the Dark Fist has appeared killing players. There has been over 2000 players killed already by the Dark Fist.¡± Said the young child. For me, I would use to think player killing was fun. It was joyous sometimes to kill other players then laugh about it. But in this simulation, where death is actual death I would never imagine to even kill others. He then said: ¡°None of the guilds have helped us because they thought it was a waste of their time.¡± I asked: ¡°Do you have any evidence?¡± He then took out a crystal and a video began playing. It was horrible, Hailey and Rosie were both in tears after he shown us. He then said: ¡°That was my group of friends.. we were farming in the third part dungeon and then.. They came and only I escaped.. Please! I don¡¯t want this to happen to anyone else!¡± Hailey while in tears and stroking the young boy¡¯s hair said: ¡°We¡¯ll help you.. It¡¯s horrible that they¡¯re doing such things.¡±


    As we all returned to our inn, Rosie was in tears as Searing allowed her to hug him as he comforted her. Hailey was sobbing, but not as much and she seemed more determined to stop this than to cry. I said to everyone: ¡°Tomorrow, we follow a group of vulnerable players and hit part 3, we¡¯ll find some of these Dark Fist and get them to tell us their secret hideout. Since they are player killers, according to the manual, player killers are not allowed in safe zones as a invisible wall will not let them in. Killing player killers will not make us player killers. To know if someone is a player killer just check if there is the word ¡°PK¡± above their name coloured in red, if there is then they¡¯re a definite player killer, since if it¡¯s yellow then they probably only did it once or twice and it will come off eventually. Since they¡¯re not allowed in safe zone their hideout must be in a place outside of the towns. We¡¯ll hopefully make them surrender, and realise that what they¡¯re doing is wrong. So everyone get some sleep.¡± Everyone nodded as we all headed towards our respective rooms.


    As morning approached, the lousy alarm came along and I managed to get up in time. After I did my morning activities, I got out of my room and went to Hailey¡¯s room for breakfast as usual. We had breakfast, then started to move out. We waited at the teleporter for a guild, and we eventually that had 12 people, 8 boys and 4 girls and semi good gear which was from part 3 of the maze, enough to sell for alot. The guild were kids that ranged from 12-14, and we all didn¡¯t feel good for stalking them, but we had to. We closely followed the kids, while heading in the bushes whenever the looked back. The kids had fun, something we didn¡¯t have being the clearers. They were carefree, and were leveling up normally. It was almost like they forgot that this was a death simulation, not a standard VRMMORPG. But, I dared not lecture them in this bush for we were waiting for the PKers to come out. As the hours passed by, we slowly began to give up hope for waiting for the PKers to come out and fight. However, at around 4pm after the 12 kids finished fighting a Kobold outside the dungeon 25 people which were at least level 90 by my assumption leapt out and told the kids to drop their weapons. By my guess, the PKers were mostly 18. After the kids dropped their weapons, they were chained up and bought away.. Strange, why would they do that? They had no way to know that we were here.. Stolen from its rightful place, this narrative is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings.


    As we followed these men towards their lair, we found out that they were hiding in a cave where there was no monsters.. Jingxi silently said: ¡°Strange, I never knew there was a monster free cave in these parts..¡± Terry replied: ¡°Yeah.. What¡¯s going on?¡± I shrugged, as we walked through the caves we noticed a mass array of.. Clothing and Armour? But.. if you die the armour and clothing you wear on you disappears along with you.. And all of those clothing and armour were female only.. Not to mention outside safezone there was no [NSFW Restriction]. Peaches seemed to catch on as she said: ¡°Those bastards.. I¡¯ll get them for doing this to young girls..¡± As arrived to where they stopped began to observe what they were doing. All the children were made to go down on their knees as the 25 males began to lick their lips. I heard one, which was probably their leader say: ¡°Nice catch, we got 7 of em. Dispose of the rest.¡± Right after that, the entrance closed and he looked at our direction and said: ¡°You should surrender, you¡¯re screwed. There¡¯s 9 of you and 50 of us. We got you trapped, you may be higher levels but there¡¯s no way one of you can take on five of us. At that moment, I saw 25 more players come from behind us, surrounding us. Revealing ourselves, I shouted out: ¡°I¡¯m the leader of the Crimson Vigilante¡¯s, Jason Gantic.¡± The man who seemed to be their leader, took off his hood to reveal a face with a scar, and dark red spiky hair. And said: ¡°Aren¡¯t you guys the head guild for the clearers, or are you just posers. There¡¯s no way a clearer guild would be all the way out here.¡± I replied: ¡°There¡¯s only one way to find out.¡± After that the Hooded Dark Fist men took out their weapons and fought us. We were constantly fighting one on five, or one on six. Exhausting our energy constantly by using sword skills. They were fighting like bloodthirsty creatures, with their lust for blood guiding them to fight us. I said to everyone: ¡°EVERYONE! DON¡¯T HOLD BACK, THESE PEOPLE ARE FIGHTING WITH THE INTENT TO KILL, OUR ONLY CHANCE TO BEAT THEM IS IF WE FIGHT WITH THE SAME INTENT.¡± After I yelled that, their numbers continuously began to lower as we started to clear them off one by one. As I cleared my final opponent I looked over at Hailey¡¯s direction, she was fighting her last one as well. As she used her sword skill Infinity Slashes to take on the last opponent she had, the leader of the enemy revealed a two handed great sword and attempted to use a sword skill to kill Hailey. If she was hit, I knew she would die. So I yelled: ¡°HAILEY! WATCH OUT!¡± However, it was too late.. The temporary movement restriction penalty of her skill restricted her from moving. As if acting by natural instinct, I charged in and took her to my arms while blocking the sword skill the leader had unleashed. As he backed down, I put down Hailey to the ground, she was scared.. After all, it was like her life flashed back on her eyes as the sword skill came towards her. I broke her out of the trance she was in by saying: ¡°It¡¯s alright now, I won¡¯t let him hurt you.¡± After that she began to sob as she cried out: ¡°Gan.. Tic.. Qian.. Bei..¡± As I took my stance, the leader said: ¡°Trying to show off to a girl ain¡¯t gonna do you no good. Drop your weapons or Imma going to make sure you have a painful death.¡± I replied: ¡°I¡¯m not showing off, I¡¯m only doing whats right for all the kids you killed.¡± He then said after that: ¡°In my days, I heard a lot of them kids who stand up for girls say that. But guess what, everyone of them that did.. Got a good punching from my fist. And you¡¯re going to be no different.¡± After he said that, he charged towards me. I skilfully dodged his attack, and used the in game skill ¡°Energy Slash¡± and got his hp down to nearly zero. He dropped down to the floor and cried out: ¡°PLEASE! I DON¡¯T WANT TO DIE.. I¡¯LL DO ANYTHING.¡± After he begged us I said: ¡°Drop your weapon, we¡¯re going to escort you towards the 3rd floor rental prison in the 3rd town there. Where I¡¯m going to lock you up for your crimes. Don¡¯t worry I¡¯ll pay for all your food and you won¡¯t starve to death. But you won¡¯t be leaving there until the end of the simulation.¡± Luke said: ¡°I¡¯ll escort him there, and I¡¯ll sell his weapon for money.¡± Peaches then spoke up and said: ¡°I¡¯m going too, I want to see this pedophile creep locked up myself.¡± We all nodded as Peaches took his great sword and Luke put his sword on the man¡¯s neck. I then went to the children and asked them.. Are you alright? It¡¯s going to be alright now, you can take any weapons you want from here and go farm.¡± After I said that their faces brightened up as they chirped: ¡°Ok mister!¡± I pointed them to the exit of the cave as they all happily ran off with all the weapons they could carry. I decided to take the remaining weapons here and take them back so we could sell them. As I told the remaining of the Crimson Vigilante¡¯s to do whatever they wanted with the rest of the remaining weapons, something happened. The leader managed to trip Luke and then grab his greatsword back from Peaches¡¯s hand. He then proceeded to point the sword at Peaches¡¯s neck while disarming her as he said: ¡°Nobody move, or else this woman dies.¡± We all stood still¡­ As he said: ¡°Ha, you¡¯re foolish enough to not know how to sacrifice a comrade. You all are going to leave here and leave me and this young lady to our own business, that is unless you want her to die..¡± I shouted out: ¡°Damn you..¡±

 Player Killer II

    As the man began to move back along with Peaches, I saw a Halberd stab through his chest. As a person behind him shouted: ¡°Nobody, ever messes with my girl.¡± As the Halberd drained the man of the last of his health points, Peaches fell down as the figure emerged and used his arms to hold her up. It was Luke.. Thank god Luke was there, or else Peaches would¡¯ve really died.. The man said: ¡°My boss¡¯s.. Gonna kill you..¡± After that his HP drained and he disappeared into dust.


    As Peaches blushed bright red as she was put back down by Luke, who was also blushing red. He confessed: ¡°Look.. Ever since day 1 of meeting you, I¡¯ve always liked you.. Even though we argue a lot.. I still don¡¯t know why but I liked you. Now I realise it¡¯s not only like, but love.¡± Peaches replied while blushing: ¡°Thanks.. For.. Saving.. Me.. Back there.. I¡¯ve always liked you too.. I just always felt like I argued with you because.. I felt like you were a bit immature or bratty sometimes but.. That¡¯s why I love you..¡± Luke asked: ¡°So do you.. Want to make out?¡± Peaches wiped off her tears and replied while smiling: ¡°Yes!¡± After that, they became to go closer towards each other as their lips touched one another, the two shared a passionate kiss while Searing said: ¡°Young love..¡± And Rosie replied to him: ¡°Well.. We did start out like that too..¡± Searing replied to her: ¡°Yep! And it was kinda fun..¡± As I saw Luke putting his arm around Peaches, while Peaches put her head in his shoulder I asked: ¡°When did you two stop arguing anyway..?¡± Luke blushed while replying: ¡°You know.. During the days which we were farming, both Peaches and I couldn¡¯t sleep so we decided to sort out our differences and become more friendly to one and other.¡± Jingxi then asked while laughing: ¡°So are you two going to sleep together and do it?¡± The couple blushed as Peaches softly said: ¡°We¡¯re going to sleep in the same room.. just separate beds.. Because I want to be able to see Luke in the first thing during the morning.¡± Luke agreed with her as he said: ¡°Yeah.. I wanna be able to see Peaches the first thing I wake up and before I go to sleep too..¡± As we were about to leave I heard the sound of someone asking: ¡°So are you two going to marry each other?¡± I turned around and saw, the group of children we rescued and I saw the couple blush while responding and using hand symbols to say: ¡°no no.. we just started dating alright..¡± One the children then continued to assault them: ¡°But didn¡¯t you guys just kiss? I thought kissing meant that you guys were going to get married.. Can you guys do it again?¡± Peaches responded: ¡°No no.. That was our first time kissing, I don¡¯t feel like doing it..¡± Luckily for them I spoke up: ¡°Come on kids, this ain¡¯t none of your business so get going.¡± After that the kids, obediently left us. Right after they left we started laughing as Jingxi joked: ¡°When are you going to get married and have kids?¡± Leo joined in too while joking: ¡°Yeah. Are you guys going to become grandparents soon?¡± Peaches blushed while shouting: ¡°It¡¯s not like we¡¯re going to have kids and have our kids have kids that soon..¡± I joined in while jokingly saying: ¡°Who knows, maybe you guys are going to have one tonight.¡± Luke said: ¡°Hey leave us alone, you can¡¯t even have kids in this simulation.¡± I then replied: ¡°Well if you do it hard enough maybe you can.¡± They both blushed in silence, while all of us laughed. Hailey cut out the laughter by saying: ¡°Jeez, leave them alone.. We should be happy for them not making them endure us like this.¡± Terry agreed with Hailey while saying: ¡°Yeah, we shouldn¡¯t be teasing them like this.


    Soon after that, we all got up and headed towards Shinpong to celebrate the victory and the relationship. We went to the most expensive restaurant and Luke said: ¡°PAYS ON ME TODAY!¡± We all cheered as we started ordering wine and food. As everything arrived, I stood up and said: ¡°Congratulations to you all on defeating the PKers the Dark Fist and rescuing those 12 children. And also, congratulations to Luke and Peaches who managed to somehow randomly get together into a relationship.¡± After I said that, everyone laughed except for Luke and Peaches who were blushing bright red. As I got back down I whispered to Luke: Don¡¯t waste this chance, congratulations buddy.¡± He nodded as we started diving in into our meal and drank numerous cups of wine together. As we were drinking, a drunk Jingxi said: ¡°Ha.. Now.. that Peaches is not single.. Only Hailey¡¯s left.. I¡¯m pretty sure she¡¯s going to go to Jason probably..¡± Both me and Haley blushed red despite being drunk. And Hailey gave him a nice good slap which knocked Jingxi right out. I then said: ¡°Dammit, now we¡¯ve gotta carry this dead corpse back.¡± As we lifted Jingxi¡¯s body to the teleporter, he woke up in time as we returned to our inn in the 2nd floor.


    In the reception, I saw Peaches and Luke go to the counter and renew their rooms, they now had a room which had two beds separated. As the rest of us threw Jingxi onto his bed, we all stumbled into our room and prepared to sleep. Sometime during 12am I woke up to a noise. I heard a girl and a boy speaking in the room next to me. Were Peaches and Luke really up this late? I decided to listen to their conversation. Peaches seemingly crying said: ¡°Will we ever make it out alive from here..? I don¡¯t want to leave you.¡± Luke responded: ¡°It¡¯s alright, you¡¯ll be fine. We¡¯ll get out of this death game.. Together.¡± Peaches: ¡°But what if you die.. What will I do if you do?¡± Luke replied: ¡°It¡¯s fine, I promise to come back to you no matter what, and when we get back to the real world we¡¯ll get married.¡± Peaches said while sobbing: ¡°It¡¯s.. A promise right?¡± Luke said: ¡°Yes, I promise.¡± After that I heard nothing, then after several seconds I heard them kiss. After that ordeal, I decided to get some sleep as I figured I should sleep before they maybe turn off [NSFW Restriction]. Luckily for me, they didn¡¯t and also went to sleep so I was able to get a good night¡¯s sleep in the end.


    As the next day came, I went into Hailey¡¯s room for breakfast after my morning activities, only to see a scene I¡¯d never imagine happening.. As everyone was waiting for breakfast, Peaches put her head at Luke¡¯s shoulder while holding Luke¡¯s hand. Damn they were so much closer than they were yesterday before that incident happened. As food arrived, I saw that they were even closer together than Searing and Rosie. Like normal couples, Peaches would sometimes spoon feed Luke, while Luke would say sweet, cringy things to Peaches, like how the food was much more tastier when she fed it to him, and Peaches would blush and say it¡¯s just his imagination, while Luke confirms that it¡¯s true. As we ate breakfast I started a conversation by asking everyone: ¡°Should we attempt the boss today? We¡¯re fresh out of the fight from yesterday..¡± Terry stood up and said: ¡°Yeah! We definitely should tell everyone else and get them to start to fight the boss!¡± Everyone agreed, after we finished breakfast Luke while holding Peaches¡¯s hand said: ¡°Let¡¯s go.¡± She nodded as they began to follow the rest of us. The story has been illicitly taken; should you find it on Amazon, report the infringement.


    We made our way towards the teleporter and teleported to Shinpong, immediately after the blue flash stopped, we all started spreading the news towards everyone, as we spread the news, sounds of joy began to show on everyone there. It was the same every time, since the Clearers had won every single boss fight without loss, every time there a sign that we were finally at the boss everyone simply assumed that we would be on the next level by the next day. But to us clearers, it was obvious that boss fights weren¡¯t so easy. Boss fights were fights which we mostly nearly lost. Every time there was a boss fight, we had to give it our all and hope for some unexpected power to help us, like in the 2nd boss fight. However I don¡¯t blame them, they haven¡¯t been in the frontlines risking their life to fight for everyone else to get out of this dreaded simulation. So they probably can¡¯t comprehend our fear of not being able to leave the bossroom, our fear of losing.


    After we spread the news, we began our journey to the Clearers square. As we went towards the Clearers square we were surrounded by people who seemed to be our ¡°fans¡± I guess, that¡¯s what you get from being the leading guild.. I also saw the 12 kids who we rescued yesterday, I waved towards them as they waved back and said: ¡°Goooo! Crimson Vigilantes!¡± Having fans like that, made us feel better as we had something to fight for other than survival. As we arrived in clearers square and took our spots, more and more of the Clearers from the previous arrived at the square. In one hour, all the clearers that participated in the last fight had gathered in the square. As I delivered my speech I thought Why haven¡¯t there been an increase in clearers at this rate.. We¡¯re going to run out..


    As we all began to hike our long journey towards the boss, all of us managed to clear out all of obstacles in our way. As we reached last corridor which was leading towards the boss room¡¯s door, I heard Luke and Searing both comforting their girlfriends that it would be alright. I thought Was that really necessary.. I sighed, and said: ¡°Alright boys, let¡¯s light this boss up.¡± After I said that I kicked open the door of the boss room. The boss room was a enormous room, built with sturdy sandstones. There was ten pillars on each side with a white marble stone path leading towards a pyramid. Right after all of us entered, the door shut.


    All of us took out our weapons, as we waited patiently in formation in our respective party groups as the boss. In my party, I had Hailey, Luke and Peaches. It was quite distracting seeing those two hold hands at a time like this. But, Searing and Rosie was in the other party so I could imagine what was Leo, Terry and Jingxi undergoing right now. Well, at least I didn¡¯t have to endure their sappy romance for long. The enormous tomb on top of the pyramid, once it opened a Mummy appeared. It¡¯s name was: [The cursed dead king, Huisheng].


    The mummy¡¯s attacks were not easy to deal with, it¡¯s attacks quickly thrown all of us off formation. With it shooting it¡¯s paper wrapping, which was actually harder than steel at us. The impact of the hits managed to successfully kill 6 players. Despite us being knocked off formation, I managed to see through it¡¯s attacks. Whenever the Mummy was attacking, it would use all of it¡¯s weapons to attack. So theoretically, if all our tanks focused on being the decoy all the offence groups could go use their sword skills at once to attack it¡¯s head. I relayed the message of our plan and signal that I would use to call it to action. Moments after I relayed the message I heard commotion about the plan start spreading. After 5 minutes, most of our health¡¯s in exception to tankers went down to yellow. There was no more waiting, I decided as I shouted: ¡°START!¡± All the tankers stood in front of the standard swordsmen, as they all dedicatedly blocked the boss¡¯s strikes. I could see that the Tankers wouldn¡¯t be able to hold out much longer as I said: ¡°GO NOW! IT¡¯S OUR CHANCE.¡± Everyone who wasn¡¯t a tanker leaped up and began to charge towards the boss, all our weapons glowed in different colors. The light which came from all our skills was certainly beautiful, as it had seemed that a rainbow emerged from everyone that was attacking the boss midair. The light then went towards the boss, as the boss gave a look which shown that it knew it was finished. After all of us released our skills, we dropped back down to the ground and sheathed our swords. After we saw the boss suffer a direct hit like that from all of us, we knew it was over. Sure enough, the boss stopped moving as his health bar went down from green, to yellow, to red and to nothing. After that, the boss disappeared into dust. After the boss was defeated, everyone was having a mini celebration as we waited for the doors to open for us to return back. Rosie was hugging Searing with tears of joy that not one of them died in this boss fight. While Peaches buried herself in Luke¡¯s arm sobbing about how she would never see him again. Jingxi and the rest of the guys were having fist bumps of how well they beat down the boss. Meanwhile, I saw Hailey crying alone with her Rapier in the ground. I went over and asked: ¡°What¡¯re you crying about?¡± She turned her face over, which was quite teary and said: ¡°Those 6 people.. They didn¡¯t need to die. I just keep thinking what if one of us were one of them. What if I was one of them.¡± As I started to open my mouth, I heard the door opening and a person making the sound of ¡°Ughhhh¡±. I turned around and stood back up and saw, a army of players with hoods. Their hoods had the.. Darkfist Guild symbol?

 Player Killer III

    What..? How are they still alive? I thought we killed them all during our cave raid. I thought. But as if reading my mind, the man standing in the front said: ¡°I¡¯m the leader of the DarkFist Guild. My name is Zac Chung. And we¡¯re here today because one of you clearers managed to ruin my plan and stole my livestock. You¡¯re all going to pay for this, with not just your lives but with your body and soul. Oh and for the ones named ¡°Crimson Vigilante¡¯s¡±.¡± After he said that, everyone stared at us. He continued: ¡°You think you¡¯ve stopped us? Think again, that was only a fourth of our true force. There¡¯s 150 of us here at full health. You all maybe much more skilled and higher level than us but you¡¯re mostly yellow and exhausted. We¡¯re definitely going to win, and make you pay.¡± I looked towards the boss room¡¯s door, as I saw a person with a muscular body, wearing blue armor and flat black hair with two strands of hair falling in front of his face. His ice blue eyes, showed that he had no mercy and would kill us at will. So I shouted towards the others: ¡°We have to fight! If we give up like this then what right do we have to call ourselves the heroes, the clearers. It¡¯s because we never give up, so we¡¯re able to clear the bosses. We may have half their numbers but we should be able to clear them out! These people are monsters, using the simulation to their advantage so they may torture others, we must stop them here and now! So I beg of all of you, stand up and fight with me!¡± As if ignoring the fatigue that the system put into us they all stood up one by one, wielding their weapons. He clapped as he said: ¡°Well done, you can still fight. But we¡¯ll crush that determination of yours. Kill them all.¡± After he said that both groups began charging at one and other. It was a bloodbath, as I saw players from both groups disappearing into dust once their health dropped to zero. I was along with Hailey, surrounded by 12 enemies. One of them said: ¡°Hey, if you surrender we might just spare you if you give us some service..¡± Hailey shouted back: ¡°Don¡¯t think about it! You people disgust me.¡± After she said that they all charged in, by using Hailey as the decoy I activated my sword skill Infinity Slashes as I slashed 8 of them into pieces. While after that, Hailey activated her skill Heavenly Piercer with a godlike reaction time after being pushed back intentionally to give herself space to activate her sword skill. The last 4 enemies in our sight were demolished, as Hailey set her sights for the two people that were standing at the boss room door.


    She charged in using Flash Charge without hesitation, at the man that spoke to us earlier. However, her in game sword skill was blocked by the man beside Zac. He lifted out his short sword and round shield while saying: ¡°You are not worthy of challenging Captain Zac, I will be your opponent and vanquish you.¡± Hailey replied to him mockingly: ¡°Says you, you¡¯ll be gone in a minute now die!¡± As they clashed swords, within seconds Hailey managed to get the upper hand slashing him left and right. As she was about to put in the final blow I saw thatZac wasn¡¯t there.. And then I realized, it was a trap. I ran to Hailey¡¯s position while shouting: ¡°Hailey look out!¡± However it was too late,Zac used his spear to slash Hailey. As he stabbed her fatally, she wasn¡¯t able to move. She cried out in pain, as she suddenly said: ¡°Why am.. I not able to.. Move?¡± Zac answered: ¡°Young damsel, you should stay still like most girls do during a battle. Stay still and don¡¯t move.¡± She shouted: ¡°What did you do to me?¡± Zac then answered: ¡°I have a unique skill called paralysis, and once I slash a target they can¡¯t move their limbs for two minutes, ah and I hoped you could become my personal toy. Oh well, dispose of her.¡± As the man Hailey was fighting began to lift his sword to slash Hailey, I dashed in as I shouted: ¡°Stop!¡± As his sword slashed down, Hailey closed her eyes and prepared for the worst. In desperation I used Flash Charge hoping that my body would be able to block the blow. As the sword came down, I felt my body making contact with it. I felt pain, but I felt relief at the same time that it didn¡¯t end Hailey. As the man backed down, he said: ¡°Heh, the next blow¡¯s gonna kill you. Now die!¡± As he charged towards me, Hailey sobbed out: ¡°Jason.. Qianbei¡± I said to a sobbing Hailey who was lying on the ground: ¡°Everything¡¯s going to be alright now, just stay here and I¡¯ll make them pay.¡± After that, I dodged the person¡¯s attack and I activated a in game sword skill Energy Slash. After the slash, the person¡¯s health drained to zero as he begged to Zac to save him. Only for Zac to say: ¡°You¡¯re worthless, you deserve death.¡± After that, he disappeared. I sternly looked towards Zac and said: ¡°He was your direct subordinate, don¡¯t you feel anger or sorrow that he died?¡± Zac replied: ¡°Those who are weak die, and the strong survive. There is, no feelings towards your subordinates. Feelings bring weakness.¡± I shouted at him: ¡°Wrong! Feelings are what gives us strength, they are what helps us to survive this death game.¡± Zac then replied: ¡°On the contrary, I have no need to survive. After all, if you do survive this I¡¯ll be seeing you soon.¡± I then inquired in: ¡°What do you mean..?¡± He replied: ¡°But, you won¡¯t survive this, since people who ruin my livestock, die.¡± He drew his longsword and began charging at me, I was barely able to dodge his first strike. After that he began charging at me and managed to get a slash in. Pain erupted in me, however I resisted it. I saw that everything was on the line, my life and Hailey¡¯s life depended on this battle. I could not lose. I dodged his third strike and began clashing blades with him, after that I used Flash Charge to try to bait him in my way, instead my plan backfired as my health dropped towards 0. Hailey cried with tears out: ¡°Don¡¯t lose! Jason!¡± After hearing her plead I yelled out: ¡°HYA!¡± As I slashed Zac once, and as he was falling backwards and activated my sword skill Infinity slashes However, the man also activated a nine hit sword skill to counter mine. I successfully managed to landed 9 hits, as we were both down to a silver of health The next person to land a hit would¡¯ve won, and with both of our skills on cool down, we charged at each other with all our might. Putting all my feelings into this one strike, I slashed Zac while avoiding his slash. After that, I saw Zac disappear while saying: ¡°Heh, I guess I¡¯ll meet you soon, if you survive this.¡± Immediately after he said that, I feel unconscious due to the pain. This narrative has been purloined without the author''s approval. Report any appearances on Amazon.


    As I woke up, I thought Who is this person, how can he meet me soon? How can he be not afraid to die? When I woke up, I saw Hailey crying as she hugged me. I embraced her hug, and put my arms around her as well, while I saw everyone else from the Crimson Vigilante¡¯s gathered around me, as Jingxi asked me: ¡°Who was that dude, you both fought on even grounds.. And he was even at the same level as you, and he had absolutely no concern for dying.¡± I replied: ¡°I just hope that someone as crazy as him doesn¡¯t attack us again.¡± Leo said: ¡°Well, let¡¯s hope that this case doesn¡¯t happen again. Around 34 clearers were killed during this battle and the rest of us went down to red and nearly died. Not to mention that for some reason we felt pain, shouldn¡¯t there be a pain restricter in here?¡± I nodded, as I replied: ¡°Yeah, I found that weird. But at least we managed to clear all of em.¡± Searing then added in: ¡°They all fought to their deaths, it was like they didn¡¯t care for their lives, and just had a endless lust for blood.¡±


    Meanwhile, outside of the simulation a thin man, with the same hair as Zac woke up in a room that was fairly decorated with a wardrobe, a television on the front of the bed and a bathroom at the corridor. As he woke up another man in a suit greeted him. The man said: ¡°So Head Simulation Supervisor Zac how was it like, getting beat in that muscular handsome body of yours?¡± Zac replied: ¡°Shut up, it appears we have a possible group that could actually beat the simulation.¡± As Zac put on his glasses the man inquired further: ¡°What? I thought the simulation was hardcore as hell to beat.¡± Zac replied: ¡°Apparently, judging from the person I fought I think he can. After all, I¡¯ve cleared the simulation before with the one life rule when it was during beta, am I right Nahr?¡± Nahr replied: Guess you¡¯re right. Still, I¡¯m happy to finally see you got your ass kicked by one of those clearers in this year¡¯s simulation. In all the other years you just simply killed the clearers off here and ensured they never went further. I guess this year¡¯s going to be interesting huh?¡± Zac said calmly while lifting his glasses: ¡°Prepare to record data, this year¡¯s group may just give us the results we need for Project Bioroid.¡± Nahr replied: ¡°Yes sir, I¡¯ll get the recording team to start recording for the results. And I¡¯ll get the research team to use the results for Project Bioroid, we might just get the breakthrough we need.¡± Zac replied: ¡°Good, get to it immediately and get out of my room.¡± As Nahr bowed, left the room and closed the door. Zac thought These several days, no this year is going to be a hell of fun, if these kids think that they can return home after they complete that death simulation they''re wrong. I¡¯m looking forward to see that boy who killed me and his girlfriend¡¯s face when they hear that they won¡¯t be returning home. After Zac thought that, he let out a horrid laugh, a laugh that could let anyone know that this man was insane and was perfectly sadistic.


    Inside the simulation


    When we returned to the town which we called home in this simulation through the teleporter we all returned home, sad. We had lost many of our comrades during that battle, despite being able to eliminate the boss and the player killer guild, the Darkfist guild. As we were walking back, Luke attempted to lighten my mood by saying: ¡°Wanna grab a bite with me and Peaches?¡± I nodded, as the three of us left to go to the desert corner in this town. We went to a shop named [Sweet Food] and Luke said to Peaches: ¡°Don¡¯t worry, I¡¯ll pay for yours.¡± After hearing that Peaches lightened up and ordered a Chocolate Mousse, while Luke ordered a Chocolate Cake. I decided to go cheap, as no one was going to be paying for me. I ordered a Chocolate Molten Lava cake. Immediately after we placed our orders, our money in our inventory got reduced and our food was instantly transported to us. As I was eating Luke asked: ¡°So when are you planning to appeal to her?¡± I blushed as I asked: ¡°What do you mean?¡± Peaches chimed in: ¡°You know, Hailey obviously likes you and you obviously like her.¡± I said: ¡°I don¡¯t know.. Maybe I¡¯ll ask her out after the simulation?¡± Peaches then said: ¡°Sometimes when I talk to Hailey, she would always go on about how your qualities, she always talks about you like you¡¯re meant for her. Just that she never admits that she fully likes you.¡± Luke then added in: ¡°Come on dude, the actions you take for her are obvious, the faster you admit that you like her the better you¡¯ll feel.¡± I nodded while blushing.


    As we were walking back to our inn, I couldn¡¯t help but picture Luke and Peaches as me and Hailey if we were a couple. I sighed, I knew I had to focus on the task at hand. Which was, clearing the simulation. After that maybe, we could go out on a date. But for now, I knew that that was a no no. I was the leader of the Guild and clearers after all, I couldn¡¯t let my emotions drive me too wild. As I went into my room, I attempted to sleep. But I couldn¡¯t, and I checked the time. It was 2am, and I couldn¡¯t sleep. So I decided to put on my clothes and go outside to look at the stars. I saw Hailey outside on the grass patch sitting down, so I decided to go over, sit next to her and ask¡°What¡¯re you doing here?¡± She replied: ¡°I couldn¡¯t sleep, no not after seeing everyone getting massacred like that.. Not to mention I ended 4 human lives with my own hands¡± After that she broke down as I put my arm around her and said: ¡°They were trying to hurt you, you had no choice.¡± She replied: ¡°Still.. I shouldn¡¯t have hurt them maybe I could¡¯ve talked to them.¡± I said to her while stroking her hair: ¡°It couldn¡¯t be avoided, if you had tried to talk them out of it you would¡¯ve been the one that was killed.¡± After that, she put her head on my shoulder as she asked me: ¡°Do you think that, we can clear this?¡± I replied: ¡°We can definitely clear this death game, and I¡¯ll make sure you and all the others escape alive.¡± She said: ¡°I wish I could see the stars, like this in the real world.¡± I replied: ¡°Well, when we escape this I¡¯ll take you to the peak to see.¡± Her face brightened: ¡°Really?¡± I responded: ¡°Yeah.¡± Her faced blushed about, I could tell despite the darkness as she said: ¡°Thank you Jason!¡±

 A Meal to Remember

    I woke up in the grass patches with Hailey¡¯s head sleeping on my shoulder next to me, with her body on mine and her hand touching my chest. I blushed a bit when I saw that. I forgot that we got sleepy and slept on the grass. As I slowly move my body away from Hailey, hoping to not have her wake up and slap me, I start patting her in the back as she begins to wake up. Thankfully, I was able to move her away. As she woke up, she was surprised and blushed bright red after she learnt that she slept with me all night and had our bodies touching so closely. She then looked up and blushed while asking me: ¡°You didn¡¯t do anything to me right?¡± I stuttered while blushing bright red: ¡°No no.. I didn¡¯t do anything.¡±


    After that embarrassing moment I had with Hailey, we both headed to her room to cook breakfast. I followed Hailey into her kitchen, and I asked her: ¡°Umm¡­ Mind if I help you to cook?¡± She blushed and replied: ¡°Sure!¡± I held up some pots and started mixing different ingredients to create our breakfast. She taught me, which ingredients to mix which to not, and the exact timings of the ingredients. She said to me while smiling: ¡°Cooking here is like real life cooking, there isn¡¯t any cooking skill to determine what you can or can¡¯t cook. All you have to do is mix ingredients together to make a good flavoured food!¡± I replied: ¡°You¡¯re a great cook! You should, start a restaurant when we escape.¡± I heard her silently murmur to herself: ¡°When we escape, I wish to be with Jason.¡± I was confused when she said that, and she clearly saw that so she decided to shut up. We cooked up a magnificent breakfast, which comprised of a bowl of macaroni and sausages with egg. It smelled great as I high fives Hailey, saying: ¡°I never knew I could cook so well, thanks to your instructions I can now!¡± Hailey replied while blushing: ¡°Well, it wasn¡¯t all me.. You do have talent in cooking after all, Jason Qianbei.¡±


    12 Days have passed since I¡¯ve had that <Special Morning> with Hailey. Our relationship returned to normal, we were once again comrades on the battlefield finding our way to the boss room. We have spent 5 days wandering around this forest. We first started off at a beach, strangely the beach was beautiful. Crystal water, and palm trees surrounded the golden sand. Buyable cabin houses, at the side of the beach with a hotel there that costed quite much. Apparently, you could fish here too. After all, there was a merchant here who sold fishing rods. However, my guild and I had no time to fish. We had to level up as fast as we could to prevent the slaughter of more clearers, like the people that were killed during the 4th boss and the fight with the Dark Fist. The 4th boss was the first time, we mourned for our fellow comrades instead of celebrating victory. With half of our comrades gone, I began to question myself if we could survive. But I knew I had to, for my friends and most of all Hailey. I had decided to ask her out by the time we returned to Hong Kong, so I couldn¡¯t let her die. Not here.


    While you could enter into the water, a invisible wall blocked you from going further once the water reached your neck. There was no creatures inside the water. The beach led towards a forest, a lush green tropical forest. While on the beach there was crocodiles and giant crabs for mobs, in the lush tropical forest there was more than just that. Enormous Venom Snakes that could give you nightmares and does DOT damage along with direct damage, forest cheetahs and enormous spiders. Meanwhile, inside the dungeon it appears that we encountered Demi humans known as <Dungeon Dwellers>. They were slabs of stone, formed together into a human like shape. However their face had a hole in the middle of it and green smoke leaked from their face. The dungeon door had green algae on it like the 2nd island. However, this one was more scary. Once we entered, there was a thin path and a bottomless chasm on both sides of it. We were first greeted by the Dungeon Dweller¡¯s guard pets, the Bone munchers. Two legged green creatures, with red eyes and no arms. They had a large jaw like raptors, however they were a bit larger. Thank god for our higher levels for if we weren¡¯t this high levelled we wouldn¡¯t have made it to the other side alive. Once we reached the other side we were greeted by dungeon dwellers. As we went further and further inside more and more dungeon dwellers appeared before us. The further we went, the higher level they became. From Elite Dungeon Dwellers, all the way to the enormous Behemoth Dungeon Dwellers. However, this was still much easier to clear than the 3rd island and the 4th. I assumed it was, simply because we were levels ahead of the intended level for this dungeon. However, that didn¡¯t stop us from putting a teleporter pad here so we could rapidly teleport to here at will without needing to go through that thin path.


    Today, after the flash of blue light disappeared I saw that I had arrived into the dungeon along with my fellow comrades, the Crimson Vigilante¡¯s. We cleared out the dwellers in our way as we used our map to find our way through each maze part in the dungeon. We had cleared our way up to the 8th maze and mapped it. After we got our way through the 8th maze, there was two cross roads, right and left. So I told everyone to make sure to map down the current path of the maze, then choose a path here. After everyone was done, we went right. After we exited the first corridor and turned left, there was a bunch of white pillars with green leaves on them, and a elegant white path leading towards a bright light. We ran towards the white light, and entered the room. Immediately after we entered the room, a door behind us shut. The room was a room with many pillars surrounding a empty circle in the middle. The roof and walls were decorated with vines. I murmured: ¡°So.. a Mini boss huh, this is gonna be hard.¡± Everyone else caught on and Searing said: ¡°But, there¡¯s no way the nine of us can take on a mini boss.¡± Luke said: ¡°Remember the time we rescued you? Well, that time Jason here was doing well against the mini boss on his own so there¡¯s no need to worry. Standard mini bosses in MMORPGs usually only require five players or more to take on. And since this is based on MMORPG logic, it should be easy.¡± Searing nodded and took out his two long swords. A boss appeared from the hole in the middle of the room, and when I took a look at his name, I was genuinely surprised. His name was: ¡°King of the Dungeon Dwellers, Dhamma the 6th¡± If you stumble upon this tale on Amazon, it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it.


    However, the true reason I was surprised at his name was because of his appearance. The mini boss looked like a duck man. With a head of a duck and the foot of a duck. Although his hands were human, his skin was as yellow as any new born duck. And, his beak only yelled out one thing: QUACK! It was on the contrary, quite annoying. This duck didn¡¯t specifically have any weapons, so he only used his fist. His punches were slow and we were able to dodge them easily, however the power behind them was another story. Luke and Peaches used their weapons to block one of his fists, while Searing and Rosie used theirs to block the duck¡¯s other fist. Both couples yelled: ¡°We got this, go for the duck¡¯s weakness.¡± Obediently, I began to attack the duck as it attempted to dodge all our slashes. It¡¯s health barely went down by 15%, and Luke, Searing, Rosie and Peaches¡¯s health were down to 60%. at this rate, they would die. Hoping for the duck to shut up I attacked the beak, I used the in game skill energy slash to slash the duck¡¯s beak. However, the instant I did it instinctively used one of it¡¯s fists to defend the beak. That¡¯s when I realised, the weakness of this mini boss was it¡¯s beak. That annoying, ass beak. It would be my pleasure to slice it off I thought. I yelled out: ¡°AIM FOR THE BEAK!¡± Everyone nodded, as all of us unleashed our sword skills on the beak. The duck attempted to use it¡¯s two hands to block, however it was no match for the combined power of nine of our sword skills. With that, Hailey successfully got the rare drop, and we were able to exit the room. As Hailey examined her drop she shouted: ¡°OH MY GOD!¡± We all looked over and I asked: ¡°What¡¯s that?¡± The item¡¯s name was: ¡°S Class food, Elegant Duck Breast.¡± She said: ¡°This is a S Class food! They¡¯re rumoured to be so delicious! If I combine it with my cooking skills and the S Class flavour, imagine what kind of flavour could it produce!¡± We all licked our lips thinking of the flavour of the food.


    Since everyone was obviously in no mood to farm, and we had all already reached level 220+, I decided to tell everyone to return home despite the time being 5pm. With my order, everyone was so excited that they were running back, and bouncing around. It was like that S Class ingredient controlled us or made us abnormal. Either way, I was looking forward to it too. We returned towards the town closest to the dungeon after exiting. And using that town¡¯s teleporter we teleported back to our home. We all entered Hailey¡¯s room and into the living room to wait for the meal.


    As we were waiting Searing started a conversation by saying: ¡°So Luke, have you and Peaches removed your NSFW restrictions yet?¡± Peaches and Luke blushed with Luke answering: ¡°No¡­ We haven¡¯t.¡± I then poked in and said: ¡°You should try it sometimes, you know? Maybe you might die soon as a virgin despite having a girl.¡± Peaches blushed while saying: ¡°Shut¡­ Up¡­ We¡¯ll do it when we return.¡± Luke nodded while blushing: ¡°We might do it in the real world.. If Peaches wants to.¡± Peaches blushed even more while saying: ¡°I¡¯m not that kind of person..¡± We all laughed as Hailey took out our dinner, perfect timing for the couple to recover. Hailey asked us all: ¡°What¡¯re you all laughing about?¡± Searing replied to her: ¡°Oh we were just talking about Peaches and Luke¡¯s bed relationship.¡± Hailey supporting her friend Peaches replied: ¡°Then what about yours and Rosie¡¯s?¡± Searing and Rosie both blushed and Rosie said: ¡°We haven¡¯t done it since that night.¡± I laughed, and I said: ¡°Damn that stew sure smells sweet.¡± Jingxi having learnt from his previous mistake, asked: ¡°Can I dive in now ma¡¯am, I¡¯ve washed my hands.¡± Hailey laughed, and replied: ¡°Alright, you can dive in.¡± Jingxi happily took a huge serving of stew into his bowl. After he did, one by one we started diving into the stew. It was finished within minutes, because of it¡¯s delicious flavour. The stew was possibly one of the best things I¡¯ve ever tasted in my life, virtual or real. Despite this being a virtual world, it was very delicious. I could not describe the flavour of the food but I could tell you that it was amazing. After eating I asked Hailey: ¡°What¡¯d you put in it, it¡¯s so good!¡± She said: ¡°Nothing much really, I put in the usual stuff for a stew and some pepper and other toppings. It¡¯s just that the ingredient tastes good, that¡¯s all.. It¡¯s not just me.¡± I replied: ¡°But without you, we wouldn¡¯t be able to cook it so deliciously, you¡¯re a great cook Hailey!¡± She blushed and said: ¡°It¡¯s nothing really.. Anyone can cook that.¡± Everyone laughed when they saw Hailey blushing, and Luke said: ¡°Since the only possible future couple is Hailey and Jason, let¡¯s talk about them.¡± I said while drawing my katana at lLuke: ¡°Shut it or else.¡± Hailey blushed further and everyone didn''t talk about it.


    Everyone left Hailey¡¯s room soon, and I was the only one left along with Hailey. I asked Hailey: ¡°Do you need help washing the dishes?¡± She replied: ¡°No, they auto clean themselves once I put them back into inventory, but thanks anyway.¡± The room suddenly went silent, and after Hailey put all her dishes away I heard her go into the bathroom in her room. After that, I heard crying from the bathroom and I knocked. The bathroom suddenly opened and I saw Hailey crying there in her nightgown. She was wearing a long blue dress, and despite her crying and wearing a nightgown, she was still beautiful. She embraced me and cried out: ¡°I don¡¯t, want to die. I don¡¯t want anyone to die.¡± I put my arms over her back and said: ¡°I don¡¯t either, and as long as I¡¯m here you won¡¯t.¡± She replied while sobbing: ¡°You don¡¯t get it, I don¡¯t want us.. To ever seperate.¡± I hoped that she didn¡¯t get the wrong idea that I wanted to start a relationship now so I said: ¡°Don¡¯t worry, I¡¯ll protect you and everyone else.¡± She nodded and she released me. I returned to my room, despite hearing Hailey cry that I didn''t accept her, but I thought I¡¯ll accept you then this is all over, until then please hold on. I returned to my room, and dropped down on my bed and feel asleep.

 Return of Memories

    This is the 14th of us spending our time in the 5th part of the maze. The time right now was 6pm, and we were preparing to go back. However, Searing insisted for us to head on along to the next corridor before we went back, we all sighed and listened to Searing. We went to the next corridor and sure enough there was a door, and we all took a peak inside. The boss was a lion, with a round shield and a katana. A male lion, standing on two lion legs. With a like like face, he was completely naked in exception of having his waist covered with a white and red belt. His katana, had a yellow blade with a black hilt. A simple yet striking katana.


    Since we saw the boss, I told everyone to fall back. After we teleported to Shinpong, we all started spreading the news. After that we all returned to eat and then retired off to our rooms. We were tired, and wanted to get enough sleep for the boss battle tomorrow. When fell into my bed, I let my eyelids take charge as I drifted into deep sleep. I heard knocking on my door, as my eyelids lifted up. I shouted: ¡°I¡¯m trying to sleep dammit, what the fuck is the time?¡± The knocks continued, so I got up and looked at the time. It was, 3:30 am? What? Who would want to wake me up this early? I got up and I headed towards the door.


    It was Searing and Rosie, with Rosie sobbing in Searing¡¯s chest. I allowed them in and they sat down, as I asked: ¡°Why¡¯d you call me this late?¡± Searing answered: ¡°Our memories came back.¡± I asked: ¡°Well, why don¡¯t you tell everyone?¡± Rosie answered: ¡°Because, the truth will simply frighten everyone else.¡± I asked: ¡°then what¡¯s the truth?¡± Searing started speaking: ¡°It all started 1 year ago, after the war.


    1 Year ago, Death Simulation facility


    It was after me and Rosie¡¯s honeymoon, my identity as a ex officer of the Duguo military was exposed after investigation by China. When me and Rosie were out on a date in Hong Kong, we were surrounded by several police officers. We were arrested for ¡°spreading anti Chinese propoganda¡±. However, we weren¡¯t bought to the local police station, we were bought here. Into the podium for where the death simulation was held in. We saw kids, in the podium on the beds. Rosie was devastated to see the amount of empty beds, however I held her and told her: ¡°Everything¡¯s going to be alright, as long as we have hope.¡± However a soldier in the back heard us, and took Rosie away. According to Rosie, she was tortured sexually, mentally and physically. Forced to endure to facilities officer¡¯s ¡°experiments¡± and she still stood strong despite a year of that. I on the other hand was tortured and whipped. Hungry dogs, were sent in my cell and ate my flesh. After that, they allowed me to heal and did it again. After a year of torture, we were allowed together. And, I asked Rosie what happened to her, and she revealed that we had a child all along before we were captured. He was born under these conditions, and according to the scientists he would be a experiment subject. We were then gathered along with the other prisoners of war, and forced to go into the same machines that was used into the Death simulation. However, luckily for us they put the wrong info for us and put body scan data we had before we were all tortured, for our avatars. We were memory wiped for our previous tortures, in order to put the fear of us being tortured again.


    All the women were continuously tortured in different ways which I will not speak of, by the Kobolds. While us males were whipped and punched. Once we had got to nearly 0 hp, we were healed again like before and whipped, burnt punched again. The process repeated for 3 weeks. After that, the Kobolds brought us all in and executed us. Rosie said her final goodbyes to me, and I did too. We were the last in line, and you know what happened next.


    Inside the Death Simulation


    Searing concluded: ¡°Even if we were successful in the Death Simulation, we would be executed immediately. It¡¯s just that they don¡¯t realise we¡¯re here, but it¡¯s too late for us. But promise me one thing, rescue our child. Please!¡± He and Rosie got on their knees and begged me. I told them: ¡°Stand up, I will make sure that I rescue your child when I leave here.¡± Searing said: ¡°One last thing, since I was the highest ranking Duguo officer they had captured in that time slot. The head of all this came to greet me. Remember the man you fought? I could never forget the way he spoke and his voice. That was, the head of the Death Simulation: Zac Chung.¡± So that¡¯s why he wasn¡¯t afraid.. I thought. Rosie spoke: ¡°Please, don¡¯t tell this to everyone else. We shouldn¡¯t frighten them.¡± I then said: ¡°Alright but, if I¡¯m going to help to raise your child tell him his name.¡± Rosie and Searing looked at each other, after a second Rosie said: ¡°Tom, Tom Ng.¡± Searing smiled sadly: ¡°So named after my Captain in the war huh, good name.¡± Rosie nodded and said: ¡°Thanks a lot Jason.¡± I nodded, and the couple went back to sleep, with Rosie crying still.¡±


    I was stuck in my thoughts, for the entire night. Why did I have to bear the burden, I already had enough burdens. It was my decision to help the kid that called us for help to kill the PKers. It was my decision, that brought the deaths of around 30 people in the clearing team. It was my fault that man had died in the first boss. Why? Was life this unfair to me? I couldn¡¯t say no to them, it was their final wish. I understood that there was less than a 1% chance of me rescuing them. I was broken. Overcome with burden. However I had no choice but to fix myself the next morning, I knew Searing and Rosie didn¡¯t have much longer to live. And I couldn¡¯t tell everyone else. In the next morning I was silent, in breakfast people tried to talk to me. But I brushed them off, Searing and Rosie looked at me probably thinking to themselves if it was the right decision. After breakfast, I wasn''t my usual calm collective self. I was more quiet, more dependant. Searing sighed, it was obvious he knew that it was a mistake telling me. Everyone went towards the teleporter and went towards Shinpong. However, one person stayed behind. Hailey. Hailey slapped me and shouted at me: ¡°What¡¯s with you! This isn¡¯t the Jason I know.¡± I said: ¡°Mind your own business.¡± She said: ¡°Answer me.¡± I took her towards one of the benches nearby the teleporter and began explaining the whole thing. My burden, Searing¡¯s story. Everything. After that Hailey listened and she cried. However she managed to say: ¡°Searing obviously didn¡¯t want you to cry. He chose you for a reason, and do you want him to think that he chose wrong?¡± I said: ¡°No..¡± She continued: ¡°Searing and Rosie are prepared for their deaths. It doesn¡¯t have to be only your burden. It¡¯s theirs, it¡¯s not your fault. You once said that to me, and I¡¯m saying it back to you. It¡¯s not your fault that those 30 people died, it¡¯s not your fault that Searing and Rosie has to die sooner or later. It¡¯s the government¡¯s fault. Now stop blaming yourself and get back up, show your resolve to clear this simulation and become the Jason which I know, and.. love.¡± If you find this story on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the infringement.


    I got up, after hearing Hailey I finally understood why Searing had chose me instead of others. He wanted, to teach me that not everything is my fault. That man was a better leader than all of us, but he chose to lead in the shadows instead of in the open. I stood up with courage once more and both me and Hailey teleported towards Shinpong and ran towards the Clearers Square where everyone was waiting. Luke asked me: ¡°Hey what took you so long?¡± I answered: ¡°Heh nothing.¡± Luke replied: ¡°So Hailey managed to talk you out of your depression huh.¡± I nodded and I took my place in the Clearer¡¯s Square¡¯s stage.


    Outside the Simulation


    In the observation centre for looking inside the simulation, a subordinate of Zac¡¯s called out Zac: ¡°Sir, it appears one of our prisoners. Former Duguo army 1st lieutenant Searing and his wife Rosie has not died by the Kobold execution. What shall we do?¡± Zac walked over to this man, and looked at his screen. Zac replied to his subordinate: ¡°Use a administrator command code and force kill them, but do it painfully.¡± The subordinate replied: ¡°Yes sir, I¡¯ll get right on it.¡± Zac said: ¡°Serves those filthy Duguo militants right, making chaos in our fair land. I shall exterminate the last of their soldiers today.¡±


    Back inside the Simulation


    Around 200 people, which were high levelled enough and ready to fight the boss gathered at the Clearer¡¯s square. I began my speech: ¡°Thank you all for coming here, as you all know half of the previous clearing party has been wiped out at the 4th boss by the Darkfist guild and the boss. The Darkfist, was led by the man managing this simulation. I have my doubts that he might come back, but let us put that behind us. If he was defeated once by us, he can be defeated again!¡± I paused, and everyone cheered: ¡°JA SON JA SON JA SON!¡± I continued: ¡°If we can defeat the man who manages this, then the rest of the bosses can also be defeated. As long as we work together and we work hard, we can do this!¡± Everyone cheered. So, I concluded the speech: ¡°LET US SHOW CHINA, WE ARE NOT YOUR PLAYTOYS, WE WILL DEFEAT THIS AND SHOW THEM OUR STRENGTHS!¡± Everyone cheered: ¡°JA SON! JA SON! JA SON!¡± Searing looked at me approvingly. I looked back and he said: ¡°Good job.¡± I nodded. I shouted once more: ¡°TO VICTORY!¡± Everyone then followed me running towards the teleporter and teleporting to the town closest to the Dungeon.


    From the town, we all marched on into the dungeon. In front of the boos room¡¯s door, which was made of white stone with golden vines on it s it¡¯s patterns. I shouted: ¡°Ad Victoriam!¡± And I entered the boss room. The boss room was a square room, with a round circle in the middle. The boss, which was a Lion was standing in the middle. The lion quickly rushed towards us, in the speed of sound. It quickly managed to kill 8 players using it¡¯s sword skills in one blow. However, despite that we didn''t give up. I shouted: ¡°Shielders, stand in front and block, rest of you attack!¡± However, this boss was smart. The boss leapt up to the air, and charged towards all of the attackers. We were all outmatched and were knocked to the ground making our HPs at yellow, and I knew once it¡¯s sword skill¡¯s cool down was up we would decrease in numbers again. Searing shouted: ¡°Everyone listen!¡± We all looked at Searing, and he said: ¡°Surround the boss, and pair up. One defender in the front and one in the back!¡± We followed his instructions and I realised what he meant. This boss, was a agility type. If we trapped it in a cage, no matter how fast it went it couldn¡¯t dodge. The boss, which was obviously starting to feel desperate charged at Searing. Searing shouted: ¡°Now tankers! Shield him and hold him there!¡± The tankers close to Searing shielded the boss¡¯s attack, and Searing said: ¡°All attackers unleash your sword skills!¡± We all leapt in and unleashed our sword skills, overkilling the boss. When it was nearly dead, I unleashed mine Infinity Slashes and finished it off. I managed to get the rare drop! I was so happy, a katana which stats could potentially surpass mine! We were all cheering: ¡°Searing! Searing! Searing!¡± With Searing being hugged by Rosie like he was a hero. Man, that dude sure knows how to make his girl happy and proud of him. I laughed happily seeing that they were having a good time. I even forgot about the things he said to me before, because of this happy moment. Surely, this simulation wasn¡¯t all sadness.


    But, I was wrong. Something suddenly happened to both Searing and Rosie which I could¡¯ve never understood why it happened at that exact moment.

 Death And Lost

    Searing and Rosie fell down, weakened and in pain. Their health bars were draining like crazy, I estimated they only had 20 seconds left of life. They was not only paralysed, but were also unable to heal. Searing called me over. With Rosie holding his right hand, I held his left and asked: ¡°What¡¯s.. up buddy?¡± Searing said: ¡°Don¡¯t make that face, we both knew this day would come.¡± I replied in tears: ¡°No, you can¡¯t go.. We still have so much to do..¡± Searing replied: ¡°You¡¯re a great leader, better than myself. Take this and promise me you¡¯ll free everyone including my child.¡± He handed me a scroll, and I took it and placed it in my inventory. And I listened to his last words to everyone: ¡°Both me and Rosie enjoyed being in the Crimson Vigilante¡¯s, it was great memories. Sadly we have to leave you all now. Please, promise me save everyone else.¡± We all nodded in tears. ¡°And Luke, make sure you get laid alright? Also, Jason get out with Hailey.¡± Luke said: ¡°How could you.. Say something like this at a time like this.¡± Searing laughed in pain and I said: ¡°We¡¯ll always remember you.¡± Rosie said: As long as I¡¯m with you, I don¡¯t mind if we die together.¡± Searing held her hand and said: ¡°Yeah, let¡¯s go.¡± After that, their HP dropped to zero. Searing and Rosie both dropped their weapons, supposedly for us to remember them. They disappeared, holding hands. I yelled out with a fit of rage: ¡°ZAC! I¡¯LL KILL YOU!¡±


    All of the Clearers returned back to the main town Shinpong. I bought a tomb for both Rosie and Searing, and I put their weapons in there to commemorate them. It was time for them, to rest in peace. And time for us, to give them a funeral. We all went towards a hill outside of safe zone, in the 1st part of the maze right outside Shinpong. It was evening by the time everyone had arrived. The sun was setting, and there was a autumn red light shining at their tomb stones. The trees behind us made up for the forest behind. On this not so tall cliff, I dug a hole and buried Rosie and Searing¡¯s respective weapons in them. I began the funeral procedures as I whispered: ¡°May you rest in peace, old friend.¡± A tear dropped from my face down to the grass, but by the time I was meant to start speaking I was able to stop dripping tears. I said loudly: ¡°Searing, was a good man. He was a kind hearted fellow, with a great sense of leadership. He served as the 1st Lieutenant of the Duguo Army, he was a pure soul with a pure heart. He was not only a friend. He was a mentor, not only towards me but towards all of us. In times he was serious in times he was funny. His story was tragic for a man who had so much good deeds. Despite knowing he would die, he joined us not caring to spend his last moments to help a cause to save lives. So may we have a moment of silence for Searing.¡± After that, I broke a tear out. Searing was my mentor in a way. He was a great friend. And so was his wife Rosie.


    I continued on: ¡°Rosie, was a great woman. She was Searing¡¯s wife, and despite not doing much in the real world she has helped us on numerous occasions not because of her following Searing, but  because of her good will to help us. She may have been shy at times, but she was a good woman. She helped our cause, and gave it her all. I believe that she was a great friend to all of us, and a kind woman who would influence happiness and kindness towards everyone around her. So may we have a moment of silence for Rosie.¡± I saw Hailey and Peaches go into tears. Luke comforted Peaches, while I stepped down and went to Hailey. I thought to myself Guess I should respect your last wish, Searing. I comforted Hailey and she hugged me.


    By the time everyone had left, it was only the Crimson Vigilante¡¯s that had remained here. I guess we were all unable to accept Searing and Rosie¡¯s death. This was the first time someone in our guild had died. And we, were unable to accept it. We were all devastated, broken. However, something told me this was the right moment to tell the story that Searing told me. I told everyone, and after hearing it Luke shouted at me: ¡°So you¡¯re telling me this whole time Searing and Rosie was meant to die and he told you to not tell us shit?¡± I nodded. Luke shouted: ¡°Why Searing! Why! I thought we were all friends.¡± Terry shouted: ¡°Searing shouldn¡¯t have gone this way, he was a great person. Why does such unfair judgement exist in this world. Why! I demand to know why!¡± Jingxi and Leo kept their rage quiet. I said: ¡°We all have to accept it, that¡¯s what he told me. We can''t afford to lose here and now to the Chinese government. We have to move forward, not backward. We must learn from Searing, and stop grieving at his and Rosie¡¯s death. At least that would be what they would want us to do.


    We all didn¡¯t sleep until 3am, as we all recalled our memories about Searing and Rosie. Luke said: ¡°I remember when we first rescued them and Peaches taught them about the NSFW restriction release commands.¡± We laughed, and I said: ¡°Remember when Luke and Peaches got together and Searing was laughing?¡± We laughed, while Peaches and Luke blushed remembering the moment they kissed. I teased them further while saying: ¡°Hey did you know in Japan kissing can get you pregnant.¡± They both blushed bright red, while Terry said: ¡°But didn¡¯t you and Hailey kiss at the first day on the train on the way here?¡± Both me and Hailey blushed bright red while Hailey said: ¡°Who told you that?¡± Jingxi said: ¡°That would be me, I knew Jason would help you in the middle of the night without us knowing, inside the beginner zones in NBO so he doesn¡¯t get shipped. I saw the whole thing, you both kissed when Hailey was falling down. Jason sure got that moment well.¡± She was bright red while her fist glowed pink, Jingxi stuttered while he said: ¡°Hey¡­ What¡¯re you  you doing? She yelled at him: ¡°Stalker!¡± And slapped him right at his face, leaving a bright red hand wound on his face, since this was outside safezone. His health may have dropped only by 1%, but his face was another story. We laughed and Jingxi asked: ¡°What was that for?¡± I answered: ¡°Come on man, you deserved it.¡± We all had good memories about Searing and Rosie, and they would forever be our precious friends, even if this was a virtual world. It was still as real as ever, and maybe more so real than the actual real world. If you discover this tale on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the violation.


    We all went towards our respective inn rooms to sleep, but then I once again heard a knock on my door right before I slept. It was Hailey, and she asked: ¡°Could I sleep with you in the same room?I¡¯m scared.¡± I nodded, and she placed her bed in my room. She looked over to me, and she asked me: ¡°Don¡¯t you feel sad that Searing and Rosie¡¯s gone?¡± I replied: ¡°I do, but remember the words you said to me this morning.¡± She nodded: ¡°I just hope, we don¡¯t end up like them. This world just isn¡¯t fair.¡± Before I could even respond or tell her my feelings, she feel asleep.


    In the next day, we got up ready to advance to the next part of the maze. We were on schedule, actually we were 29 days ahead of schedule. This being the 121st day since we arrived here after all. However, the death count was a different story. Over half the players that entered here had already died. Even though most weren¡¯t the clearers, a lot of players died due to traps in the lower level dungeons. We couldn¡¯t help them, but our only option was to attempt to finish the game as fast as we could. There was only 9864 players left. I woke up and got out the new katana I got. It was named: ¡°Lion¡¯s Pride¡±.  A unfitting name for a katana that came from a dead Lion king. But, I only wanted it for it¡¯s stats. It¡¯s appearance was nothing special like my Wushidao. However, it was still a boss drop. I went over to Terry¡¯s room early in the morning and asked him if he could max out this katana. He responded: ¡°Sure! Since you¡¯ve got all the materials I¡¯ll have it done by breakfast.¡± After that, he went outside his room with the katana towards the crafting station. I was grateful to have such friends, and I was determined to not lose anymore friends ever since yesterday.


    At breakfast, it was the normal breakfast as usual. Although delicious it was nothing as good as the meal we ate several days ago. I said to everyone: ¡°Eat up, you¡¯re going to need your strength for this part of the maze.¡± Everyone shouted: ¡°Right Jason!¡± I was clearly more respected than I was before Searing died. I assumed it was because, Searing had told everyone to firmly believe in me. But the question was, did I believe in myself to be a leader? Maybe, maybe not. But, I was determined to give it a try. If Searing¡¯s last wish was for me to become a actual leader, then I shall become the actual leader he was hoping for me to be. Before we left the table, Terry came over to me and handed me the Katana and said: ¡°Here, it¡¯s the same stats as your original one though, not sure if it¡¯ll be of use to you. I think you should sell it.¡± I replied: ¡°Thanks, but nah. I think I¡¯ll keep this as a spare. You know, incase my first one breaks.¡± We both laughed, we knew that the odds of my blade breaking without me dying was close to impossible.


    After we left the table, we proceeded towards the 6th part of the maze¡¯s 1st town. We checked the town list by swiping at the menu in the teleporter. We checked the town¡¯s name, it was: Mengu. We all shouted: ¡°Teleport Mengu!¡± A bright blue flash shined and we were teleported to what seems like to be a.. Desert?


    No, plains would be more accurate. There was no houses, only tents. And inside the tents lived the different kinds of NPCs. And of course, there was even tents for rent here. I sighed, did the person who design this actually think players would rent tents. Even though this was a town made by a horde of tents, it was still a town and a safe zone. I sighed, what kind of monsters could possibly be in a grassy plain. We stepped outside, and began our journey towards the 6th boss. With Searing and Rosie¡¯s loss in our mind we fought our way through the plains. Encountering Poison Lizards, Mutated Cactus¡¯s, Death Vultures. We fought our way through all of them extraordinarily fast. We were all determined to help Searing and Rosie complete their one mission that they had failed. Retrieving their son and bringing everyone else out of this death simulation so we may all in peace and prosperity once again when we return to our homes in Hong Kong or Macau. In a mere 2 days we swept through everything and reached the dungeon.


    The dungeon was a burrow. A enormous burrow which led underground. Inside the burrow there was no monsters, only torches to ignite our way through the elegantly dug out burrow. In the end of the burrow, we found a door. A iron door, with no engravings on it much like the modern military doors we have today. We pushed it open and entered into the Dungeon.

 The Dual Wielding Samurai I

    It''s been 15 days since we reached the dungeon of 6th part of the maze. The simulation has gotten hella harder since we approached the 6th part. However, it wasn''t just that which made our grinding harder. The death of our two comrades not only decreased our combat strength overall, but killed our high morale. What the people behind this simulation had done had killed two birds with one stone. That is if, they wanted us to fail. With the admin kill command done on Rosie and Searing we couldn''t help them at all, we were helpless. For the first time in the simulation all of us had truly grasped the true meaning of our helplessness inside this simulation. At that day I swore an oath I would not let anymore of my friends be tortured or killed like that by the man incharge of all this.


    This is the 21st day we have came into this part of the simulation. Despite our long time left to clear this simulation, a lot of the clearers could not feel one thing: Hope. We had lost the one thing stronger than the fear we had been facing against. Even in our best condition we barely square off against bosses, and in the current states we were in, we wouldn''t stand a chance. This applied to all guilds, large or small. However this applied most to my guild, the Crimson Vigilantes. However what we didn''t know was that the hardest battle we ever had was about to come our way.


    Outside of the simulation:


    "Chief Zac a 7 player group, having a level of 304 for their lowest level player and level 312 for the highest leveled player, has reached the area where they may encounter the boss for the 6th part of the simulation." Zac replied: "I want to dive in again, I''ll be the 6th boss. Give me a boss account suitable of the 6th floor boss. That kid I faced, I want you to ensure you and his buddies drop down to where I am. If they defeat me, they may move on. I believe after conducting this, we could get data. Reform the map and use commands to swap the boss out with me. I want this task done without the players knowing. I want this done in 30 minutes." The staff all enthusiastically replied: "Yes sir!"


    Zac was trembling, but not with fear. He was trembling with excitement he could fight the kid again and maybe finally complete Project Bioroid. If this fight goes as planned, the data should maybe be able to give the boys at the Bioroid division results. Zac headed towards his office, as he walked down the elegantly made hallway. The hallway had a red carpet and the walls and floor was made of dark brown oak. Zac thought as he was opening the door The kids inside there don''t know that their brains and movements are being connected to Bioroids in a seperate test center, and it''ll activate when ever they enter combat. Whenever they go into combat they start connection with the Bioroid. However, there has been no people that have managed to activate sword skills with the Bioroid. That boy and girl that fought me were the first. I might just disable their death function to leave them alive for experimentation. Plus, the Girl and her friend are quite cute. If the results are successful, I may just ask the Premier if I can keep the two girls as my personal toys. In any case, the boy and girl I fought is vital to the experiment and before I dive in once more I must remind the simulation control team to remove their death functions. Once they die I''ll have them wake up back here, ready to dive into the Bioroids. I can''t wait to see the UN security council representatives face when they see that we have managed to actually achieve what they thought was impossible. Super soldiers, with extreme power and speed. With that, we could bring America and the rest of the world on their knees. The great dream of our ancestors in Ancient China will be made a reality. A world where the Chinese are king, everyone else our slaves.


    Zac smiled at his horrid thoughts. He was going to have to dive in, in 30 minutes. He honestly didn''t care if he won or lost, he just had to give it his all so the effect that the girl and boy managed to have in the Bioroids came out once more. He laughed, everything was going towards his plan, and as long as nothing beyond imagination happened there was a sure 100% that by one or two years China would have fully developed the technology to purge the world into war and beat all the countries, unified or separated with an iron fist. The fist, being their new super soldiers. Zac layed down on his bed, thinking of the possible future of where he would have an incredible amount of wealth and two, slaves that he personally got to pick. He would enjoy his time in the future by experimenting on them, making them submit to him. Breaking their spirit, bodies and heart. Ah, what a bright future he had saw for himself. These sadistic dream he had, was about to become a reality. If the current events continued, the end the of experimental phase would be right around this year once he got the data from the boy and girl he fought. He had yet to ask them of their names. But, slaves shouldn''t have their names asked anyway.


    30 minutes passed by easily, by the time he had finished thinking of his sadistic dream everything was ready. His phone rang, he answered. A man said: "Preparations complete sir, we''re ready have you dive in." He answered: "Good job, I''ll be here in 3 minutes. Make sure that group manages to fall at where I''m at. Set up enough traps that there would be no way they could not fall. I''m counting on you." The man in the phone replied: "Yes sir!" Zac opened the door and walked towards his left. He proceeded towards the end of hallway, and then there was a door. He opened the door, and entered the room. It was like a hotel room, with a bed, tv and everything. However, there was staff in there and a man said: "Welcome back sir, shall I set you up?" Zac answered: "That would be much appreciated, thank you." Zac slept on the bed, as he was connected once more to the larger version of the VTH. He closed his eyes, and the link activated.


    Back inside the simulation, 21st day, Night Time, Part 6 dungeon.


    With a jab, the Centaur in front of us was dead. I looked at what it dropped for Hailey. A new clothing, she was delighted. She saw that its stats far surpassed her old blue and white clothing. She put on her new armor above her clothes, and she looked.. Cute? Beautiful? I couldn''t describe it. Her new clothing was a long long yellow sleeved, which didn''t cover the shoulder short skirt. She had a X mark made of yellow spears in the back. With two white spears inside the thick line of the top of the clothing nearby the neck. And in the front on her hands there was one yellow spear per hand. She had a cape which covered her short skirt which had two Xs made of yellow spear symbols on each side. I said: "That suits you.. You look cute in it." She blushed and replied: "Thanks Jason." I had a light blush as well, but no one realized. Everyone one else was too busy teasing Hailey about getting seduced by me.


    I saw Luke and Peaches talking, and I couldn''t hear a thing they say said. After they were done, Luke came over to me and I suddenly got a bad vibe from my best friend. He said: "Hey there, when are you planning to confess?" I muttered: "It''s not... Like that." Luke replied: "Whatever you say boss." After that, he pushed using a martial arts sword skill. I accidentally bumped into Hailey and I fell flat onto the floor. Hailey fell onto me, and then my field of vision cut out. My face felt like it was touching something soft, in between two soft cushions. Soon, the two cushions lifted up and I saw, what it really was. Everyone was laughing, and Hailey''s face was red. She was sitting down and she immediately came over to me at high speed. I was slapped hard in the face, so hard that a red handprint was left in my face. After I got back up I saw that she was covering her breasts using her arms and she shouted: "Pervert!" I said while crossing my hands to do a x sign: "No, no it''s not like that." Luke and Peaches held hands and exchanged looks, they were probably laughing inside of what happened. I angrily stared at Luke, he caused me to get the slap of my life, and believe me I wasn''t happy. I said: "It''s been a long day so let''s go home." Everyone nodded and we started our long route towards the town closest towards the dungeon. Hailey, who obviously doesn''t remember what happened earlier was on about how she should style her new clothing to make it look the best it can.


    After everyone left Hailey''s room after dinner, Hailey asked me of my opinion about the skirt. "What''d you think I should do so it looks cute?" I answered while blushing: "Well... I think you look cute in it already." She blushed a bit and asked: "Really?" I responded: "I think you''d look good in anything." She blushed red and said: "Thanks, Jason." I was about to speak, but I just couldn''t, so I walked out of the room, and returned to mine. I opened my rooms door and dropped on my bed. I sighed, no matter what I just couldn''t find the right mood to tell her what I felt. I guess the same went for her maybe? I guess I''ll never know if she doesn''t say anything, maybe she doesn''t actually like me. Who knows. But, in any case ever since Searing and Rosie died I felt helpless, at the same time I felt the urge to protect everyone. The urge to protect my loved ones, Hailey. The urge to protect my friends, the crimson vigilantes. And the urge, to get everyone out of this hell hole. I thought Searing, I''ll live up to your expectations I won''t let anyone die. I''ll save your child. I''ll help you raise him, and I''ll tell him about his actual parents when he''s old enough. Just like that I drifted to sleep, sleeping all the way until the next day.


    The story has been illicitly taken; should you find it on Amazon, report the infringement.


    I woke up, remembering what I thought about last night. Maybe today I''ll have a chance at telling Hailey. I sighed, and quickly got dressed. I went up to Hailey''s room and saw that breakfast was on the table. Everyone was having a nice time, but I decided not to talk. Luke nudged me and asked: "what''s going on?" I shoved him away, I wasn''t in the mood to talk. After breakfast we returned to the dungeon, and we began to fight the mobs there.


    Two commander centaurs stood in front of our guild. They attacked us, one using a Halberd, the other using a spear. Everyone dodged and we proceeded to battle them in our two individual groups. My group, consisted of Jingxi and Hailey. We took on the centaur with the spear. The centaur launched its spear at us, and both me and Jingxi dodged while Hailey ducked. Hailey then proceeded to attack with her rapier, only to have the centaur block it with his spear. Jingxi and I leapt up in the air and used the ingame skills. He used the dual wield axe skill Axe throw, Axe retrieve. Which included him throwing a axe then using the remaining one to slice the mob to retrieve his other axe, in other words a 2 hit sword skill. I used the single hit sword skill energy slash to strike it and it''s hp went down to Yellow. Hailey jumped back and the Centaurs spear went in our direction. Due to the movement delay made by the skills we used we couldn''t dodge it. Once I yelled: "Switch." Hailey came leaping in, using the 3 hit ingame skill Triple Strike. The three hit strike managed to bring the centaur down. Once the health reached down to zero, the centaur shrieked and disintegrated into black ash. A loot window opened in the front of all of us and showed the amount of XP and cash we earned. And, I saw for the other centaur, while Leo was using his heavy battle axe to block the centaur''s attack Terry, Peaches and Luke attacked. Once their attacks connected the Centaur disintegrated into black ash. Peaches hugged Luke happily while saying: "We did it!" Luke put his arm around her and said: "Yeah."


    We proceeded walking inside the sand castle. And we cleared more and more Centaurs. It was a great day so far, although we didn''t get levels we still had quite much fun. We drank our health potions and prepared to advance forward, however I noticed that Hailey stepped on something. It was.. A button. A trap door immediately opened and a slide below us and we slided down the sand slide. Hailey screamed and reached out for me, while Peaches was hugged by Luke while going down. I took Hailey''s hand and tried to stay close to her, in 2 minutes, we touched the bottom. Hailey gasped, and I saw why she did.


    We landed in a room, it was a large squared room with torches and white pillars all over the edges of the room. Nearby the edges there were small steps which led up to what seemed to be a spectating space. I wondered Just what kind of mini boss was this? In a matter of seconds a figure appeared in front of all of us. A green figure as tall as a average human with two swords as his hands, it was a soul inside a empty armor with no body. Inside the helmet, I saw two red eyes. The boss''s name was... Unknown? There was no name for it, and there was also no way out of here. Our only choice was to fight, it was our only hope of survival. The boss rushed forwards towards us with incredible speed, catching Jingxi off guard and injuring him to red. I yelled: "Everyone protect Jingxi!" I couldn''t bear to see my comrades die once more, so I had to do everything I can to protect them. Luke and Peaches charged forward and activated their skills, however the boss skillfully managed to sidestep them. And slash them to stop their skills, at that moment they were turned to red health. With just one slash.. At that moment I knew this wasn''t just a miniboss, it was a boss. We were screwed, there was almost no way a 7 player party could beat the boss. Maybe this was why the simulation was unbeatable. This boss right here. Ignoring what I just thought about and putting my fear aside I saw Terry and Leo charge towards the boss, and they blinked at me. I immediately understood they were playing decoy, and that there was still hope for us to kill the boss. Maybe it''s weakness was it''s low health. The boss used one of its swords to attack Leo, and used the other to block Terry''s attack at that moment they yelled: "Switch!" Hailey and I charged in and used our sword skills. Heavenly Piercer, Infinity Slashes. Even with our high speed the boss used its legs to kick away Leo, and slashed Terry which bought his hp to yellow. They were both down, unable to fight. However, I was sure that 2 direct hits from sword skills would do much damage to it no matter what. I was wrong, he managed to block mine and even though Hailey''s one landed she barely did any damage. Both me and Hailey were flung back. The boss charged at us, it attempted to slash me. Because of my previous skill I couldn''t move. I thought I was done for, but just at that moment that moment Hailey jumped in front and took the blow. Her health went down to 8%, and she was about to die. I felt hopeless, worthless. I couldn''t even defend those around me. I was powerless in here and in reality. I was no more than a normal child, destined to die here, and to see my friends and the girl I loved die in front of me. Was I... Really this powerless? Was this reality, was this fate? No... For Hailey... I have to stand up. Stand up! No... My body won''t move... The sword... it''s about to pierce her... No... Stop!


    At that moment, i saw that everything paused. And I saw, Searing. I gasped and said: "What.. Are you? Am I dead? Are you here to take me away? Why do you look like Searing?" He said: "Im Searing''s consciousness, which was created from the experiment machine which was meant for purposes I don''t know. But all I know is, every prisoner had a small percentage chance to have their soul be scanned into the virtual world due to a defect, which I can''t explain. Only me and Rosie managed to successfully be able to have ours scanned. From the moment we died, we didn''t return to our body but we were sent to a cyber space. It took us a long time to reach here. Rosie isn''t here, as she''s keeping the server frozen. We only have 2 minutes, so let''s talk." I cried out: "What is there to talk about? All of us are about to die, can''t you do anything?" He calmly said: "No, the only command that we were able to execute without being found out was the time freeze command." I cried out once more while hammering my fists on the white ground: "Then were all going to die... I''m useless. I couldn''t even protect what was important to me. Dammit... Hailey!" Tears fled through my eyes as He replied: "To protect what is important to you, you must try your hardest, not suppress a uncertain quality you have." I looked up to him and said: "Are you implying... I use that?" He nodded and said: "Why did you think I gave you it instead of Jingxi who probably could make better use of the skill already? It''s because I saw that you would make use of it, it was never my destiny to inherit the unique skill you players need to survive. It was your destiny to inherit it, that''s why I gave it to you. Use it well, save everyone, stand up, stand strong and strike, Jason." I nodded and said: "I promise I will. Defeat the boss and save everyone!" He said while nodding: "Use your true power, don''t hold yourself back. Stand up, be strong, save everyone. And save my child." After his final words the white area dissipated. I returned to where I was before, fighting the boss. With a mighty scream I blocked the bosses attack with a skill, and made it jump back. I said: "It''s time for you to see my true power, I didn''t want to use it because I didn''t have enough practice with it. But now that you''ve hurt everyone, and Hailey likes this I will not hold back, I... will absolutely never forgive you! I will.. KILL YOU! I then shouted out: "Equip Lions Edge! Left Hand!

 The Dual Wielding Samurai II

    Another sword came out, in my empty right hand, almost immediately. Everyone in the room gasped, everyone had thought the skill went away with Searing. Hailey, though still weakly lying on the floor I checked my skill specs, the skills specs... were different. Searing didn''t have a agility and damage bonus, but I did. That was probably because, he was never meant to be part of the death simulation. Or maybe the skill, was improved? Who knows. In either case, I felt much faster and much more powerful. I was able to move at the same speed of the boss. We clashed, and his two swords attempted to get through my two katanas, while I was deflecting every strike. While he was still on offensive despite me having a new skill, I had to think of a way to beat him. I then decided to use my one katana to block two swords, sure enough there wasn''t enough power for one katana to block two, but I was able to use my other to get a clean hit in the boss. While he, also got a hit on me. We were both on red, and I was desperate. My face showed the expression of a raging warrior, fighting for all he had. I had to use, my ultimate attack, something stronger than infinity slashes. My katanas glowed blue as I charged towards the boss, the boss''s two swordhands glowed blue too, and he charged at me. We continuously hit each other making light scratches, on each other. While we also dodged lots of attacks the opponent made. By the 60th blow I made I had 1% health left. It seemed that I was going to die, but I knew wasn''t ready... To die. I shouted while slashing the boss: "Listen up... Monster, no... Communist party of China.This is for Searing and Rosie who you murdered with your damn filthy hands, and this is for all the players who you trapped in here and this is for almost killing my friends, and Hailey." After saying that, I bought the boss''s original 25% health, Down all the way to 1%, with 24 slashes from me His combo ended with 75 slashes, which I entirely dodged the last 15, while mine ended with 84 slashes. I knew no one else could face the boss, since they were all too low and too slow. I had to risk my life, for Hailey. Both of us backed down, and then we proceeded to use our most powerful two simultaneous hit sword skills. I used, X slash while the boss used an unknown one. We charged towards each other while I shouted: "Haaaaaaaa" I managed to barely dodge the slash with it only grazing my hair, and I could see the boss knew there was no escape after that, so I slashed down both of my swords. After I saw the blows hit, I immediately fell down unconscious.


    I woke up and I saw someone touching my face, it was a gentle touch. I saw a beautiful, cute black haired girl holding my hand. I asked: "Where am I? Am I dead?" The girl said while crying: "You won him Jason, don''t... Ever scare me like that again." After that as collapsed in tears while hugging me, she put her head in my shoulders while at the same time putting her arms behind my back. I hugged her too, embracing her. I asked her: "Hailey? What''s going on?" I saw Luke come over with Peaches holding his hand and he asked: "That''s what I want to ask you." I told him about Searing, and what he gave me before he died. Luke nodded and Leo said: "How about naming that move." I never really thought of a name, but I still gave a bit of thought to it to think of a name for the sword skill which saved all of us. Seconds later it hit me, I replied: "Celestial Expansion." Everyone clapped, and Luke said: "We''re going to go open the teleporter to teleport all of us back to tell the news to all the players. You stay here and Hailey''ll take care of you. I nodded.


    Hailey cried out: "What would I do without you, my life wouldn''t have a meaning if you were gone." I said: "It''s alright now, it''s alright." She cried out while taking her heads out of her shoulder: "You still don''t get it? The truth is.." She blushed like a tomato "I love you, Jason!" I was hit by a pang of happiness when I heard that, I finally knew my feelings were mutual between us. She asked: "But.. Do you.. Love me?" I replied while going closer towards her face: "I do, and I always will." After that our faces began moving closer to each other, and we finally kissed. Her soft lips touched mine and we were finally together. I couldn''t resist her anymore, and I realized that it was better for the two of us if I admitted I loved her. After our kiss, she cried out in tears: "I was so worried, during that final clash... If you died, I don''t know what I would''ve done." I held her in my arms, and she accepted it as her head went right under mine. I hugged her, while saying: "I''m not going to die, you got that? We''re going to clear the simulation together and we''re going to live together in the real world. She looked up and nodded, while wiping off her tears.


    We held hands, as Jingxi came back to inform us: "The boss''s personal portals open. Let''s go lovebirds." We blushed and I stood up, and said: "Let''s go, Hailey." She replied: "Right! Jason!" I held her hand as I helped her up. We both held hands as we went towards the teleporter together. Luke gave me his congratulations by saying: "You finally got the courage to tell her." I nodded, while I heard Peaches congratulate Hailey: "Hey, you finally got him to like you. So, you switching rooms too?" She blushed a bit and nodded. With that we walked back towards the teleporter, and teleporter to Shinpong.


    We all happily returned to Shinpong to spread the news that the boss was defeated in the afternoon and that we were hosting a celebration, at Shinpong Clearers square in 3 hours later, 8pm in simulation time. Surely enough by 8pm just about everyone left in the simulation was gathered in the clearers square. Everyone waited for me to start speaking, but I didn''t feel like it today so, Leo took over my spot and began speaking: "Today we are all gathered here to celebrate. But celebrate what? The defeat of a boss? Our survival? No not just that, I hope that everyone can think that a day in here is more so the same of a day outside. That''s why, we must celebrate for not only events like clearing bosses, but new relationships." At this moment, I knew it was me and Hailey he was talking about. "After going through life and death situations, spending a hell of much time together and always talking with each other one on one. Who wouldn''t know that they were going to love each other? Congratulations to Jason and Hailey. Everyone looked towards me and Hailey. We were blushing as red as a tomato, Hailey was sitting next to me while holding my hand, and she held it tighter after the speech. I looked Hailey and she nodded, we both stood up, while still holding hands and walked in unison together towards Leo. I said: "Thank you everyone, for supporting our relationship. I wish you all good luck in the simulation." Hailey held both my hands and looked towards me. After a brief moment she looked at the audience and said: "The hope to escape this death game is still here, and it shines brighter than ever, Jason taught me that today when he fought the boss one on one. There''s nothing we can''t do, so we will escape from here and return home!" After that she had a small blush and she put her arms around me, and I put mine around her. We went closer and closer to each other and kissed. After that kiss we looked at the crowd while holding hands and blushing. Everyone applauded and we returned to our seats. Luke teased: "You blush so much yet you kiss in front of 8,000 people." Hailey said: "Shut up, jeez that''s none of your business." Peaches the teased on: "Even me and Luke weren''t like that." I replied: "just stop please..." Everyone was laughing, and I heard Leo speak again: "Now that honeymoon episode one is over." The crowd laughed. "Let''s party to our hearts content, of course we aren''t paying for this go use your own money." With that said we all jumped down the stage and began partying at clearers square and drank. I shouted: "Yin Bei." Everyone lifted their drinks and cheered. Life at the simulation was sometimes actually much more fun than real life, even with the dying mechanic.


    I danced with Hailey at the party, played games with other players and soon our guild decided we were handing back. At 2am simulation time, we were back at our inn at the 2nd town. Me and Hailey said goodnight to the rest of the guild. Peaches before leaving to her room with Luke said: "Have fun together." We both nodded and after she left we laughed. We went over to the counter and registered as a couple, and we were given several room type choices: Twin bed room, single large two person bed room, or Japanese styled tatami beds. We were obviously not going to do Japanese, and we weren''t married yet so I was about to click twin bed when I heard: "stop." From Hailey. I looked over and she was blushing. She said: "I... Want to spend every moment with you, Jason." I smiled and nodded, I said: "Alright then, I suppose there''s nothing stopping us from sleeping together right..." After I said that her face lit up in happiness. She held my hand as I clicked: "Single two person bed room." After I clicked it she looked at me happily and said: "We finally did it! Now we can be together for every second we''re in here!" I said happily: "Yeah!" We went to all the others rooms and told them where our room was. After that we finally went towards our new home. I asked Hailey: "Are you ready?" She nodded. i put my on the door knob, while she put hers on top of mine. We opened the door, and took off our boots and we saw our new home. A wide living room connected to a kitchen, in the back of the living room there was two rooms. One led to our bedroom and the other to the bathroom. Although we didn''t actually need to use the bathroom, taking a bath was refreshing at times. And finally, the bedroom. A relatively large room, with a desk in front of the bed in the right side of the room, while there was a bed in the left side. A singular bed, with two lamps generating light beside it. Hailey let go of my hand and jumped on the bed, she said: "This bed is so comfortable, right Jason?" I nodded in agreement after I went over and sat on it. She said with a smile: "Well let''s change and go sleep together." After that she took off her clothes and only a white bikini and underpants remained. For the first time I saw her as white as snow skinned body. I blushed bright red and said: "Wait... Wait... Why''re you doing that here? Shouldn''t you be doing that in the bathroom?" She replied while blushing: "I don''t mind... As long as it''s Jason that''s seeing me like this..." After she changed into her blue nightgown dress she looked at me and said: "You too! It''s embarrassing for me if only I''m seen to change..." I nodded, and blushed a bit as I stripped down to my underwear. After that she said: "So you do have a six pack after all, and here I thought you were a complete nerd." I blushed and replied: "I do some sports like table tennis and basketball.." She smiled and said: "Come on, let''s sleep." I saw Hailey crying, so I went onto the bed and I put my arms around her. I asked her: "What''s wrong Hailey?" She answered while sobbing: "I''m afraid... Have you seen what happened today? All of us nearly died. Especially you... What would I do if you died? I don''t want you to leave me, ever." She continued on while sobbing even more: "All I wanted us to do was to live together, grow old together and start a family together." I said: "But we can''t do that until we clear the simulation, however I can promise you I won''t die, and once we get out I will make sure we get married, officially." Her face brightened a bit, so I continued on: "I will protect you, so it''s alright don''t worry." She replied: "Al..right.. I won''t... cry... anymore." I nodded and she put her head next to my chest. She stuttered while asking me: "Will everything be really alright?" I replied: "Yes, it will be." After that, she went to sleep and didn''t move anymore. I looked at Hailey, even when she was sleeping she looked cute. After my thought, I soon slept too with my cute, beautiful girlfriend right beside me.


    If you come across this story on Amazon, it''s taken without permission from the author. Report it.


    The next day soon arrived, and we were closer than ever to clearing the next part of the simulation. I woke up with Hailey pushing me and saying: "Come on sleepy pants, time to wake up." I said: "Come on... Just a little longer?" A reply came out: "No! Come on, help me with breakfast for everyone." I sighed and got out of the bed, I changed and went towards the kitchen, and there was Hailey with her battle skirt on with her yellow apron on as well. Hailey gave me a blue apron and told me what to do. Over the course of 30 minutes I learnt how to slice up meat, vegetables and bread correctly. Hailey was surely a great cook, real life or here. After Hailey and I packed in the last sandwich for lunch, and finished the macaroni for breakfast, we went to the table, and sat right next to each other. We held hands as the others soon arrived. Terry came in first, and he said: "Congratulations on your engagement." Hailey said: "Thanks Terry, you''re so nice." I then said: "Thanks man." Terry then quietly sat down on his seat. Leo and Jingxi came in together, and Leo congratulated us, while Jingxi was about to open his mouth when Hailey stared at him. I laughed and Jingxi said: "That''s just bullying Hailey." Finally Luke and Peaches came in, with Peaches saying: "So Hailey I see you have a twin bed there, what have you been doing last night hmm?" Luke laughed and went along: "Did you guys do it on the first night?" Both me and Hailey blushed and made a X shape with our arms while saying: "no no no no, we only slept together." Peaches continued on and asked: "Is that so?" I answered her: "Yeah yeah, we only wanted to be closer to each other, not do that..." Everyone but me and Hailey laughed, and we both blushed red.


    Soon after breakfast we walked out of our inn towards the teleporter, in a path made by the cheering crowds. We shouted: "Teleport! Harbing!" A blue flash separates me and Hailey for a brief while, but once we arrive we held hands once more. A snowy village, with ice buildings. Houses, apartments, statues made of houses. Peaches and Hailey both said: "Wow! It''s so beautiful!" Luke said: "Yeah... who thought that even ice could make this?" I then continued on: "I never thought they could even make this with the physics engine tech the world has now... why would they put so much work?" Everyone else shrugged, as we proceeded towards the ice gate, which led to outside of the safe zone. As the simulations sun rose, we walked outside of the gate, ready and determined to take on the simulation. Me and Hailey were last to go out, I asked her: "Are you ready?" She stuck out her hand and said: "let''s go, Jason qianbei" I nodded and took her hand. Together we held hands and went through the gate.


    Outside the simulation


    Zac wakes up, and around him he sees his numerous subordinates looking at him. A young brunette steps out of the crowd. The brunette started speaking: "Sir..." Zac replied with a harsh tone: "Talk woman, don''t just stutter like some 5 year old." The brunette continued on: "We have received the data sir, and once again the Bioroids were triggered on when you fought him." Zac replied: "Good, now begin analyzing the data." Everyone but one person replied: "Yes sir!" The sound of footsteps, the sound of the door opening. After hearing those sounds Zac slowly remembers the events that happened in the simulation. He was defeated by that "boy" a second time. He thought he could bare that he lost to the boy, but this was not reality. The reality was he wanted to kill the boy, torture the boy in anyway possible. The boy must be tortured to death for his sins, winning against a superior being cannot be forgiven, slaves should not act, they should only stay quiet and serve.


    An old Chinese man with smooth short, combed black hair and wrinkles on his face, wearing a black suit with a red tie called out to Zac: "So Zac, you lost?" Zac stood up, bowed down and replied in a respectful tone: "That''s right sir, no I mean President Shen Lazha." Zac looked down at the small man, at first look he may seem unintelligent and weak but his knowledge, power and intelligence surpassed Zac''s. This was the man that was the first Death Simulation supervisor, the man which invented the time acceleration technology, the man who used the council for his own means to gain the titles of president, head of the army, Chief Executive of the communist party and premier of China. He manipulates people as he likes with his utmost intelligence, this was the man that Zac looked up to, this was. His mentor. Lazha said: "Now now my student, there is no need to be so formal just call me master." Zac replied: "Yes master." Lazha went on: "Have you found a probable breakthrough?" Zac answered while bowing: "Yes, but the answers we were seeking are inside a boy, whom I despise, can I not break anyone I despise master? Can I not have everything I want master?" Lazha replied: "Patience, is the key. Once we are done with the "Boy" you desire to "die", you may play with him how much you want. Remember what I taught you. There are no friends, there are only family like you and me who will be actual comrades, everyone else are pawns to be used. That is how we will conquer the world my student, together we shall rip everything apart and place it under our flag." Zac thought to himself Compared to world domination, a closer goal would be grasping the two girls and torturing the boy who has defeated him twice. But, I must not lose sight of what my, or masters true goal is. Once we achieve it, my current goals can be achieved as well. After his brief thought Zac answered: "Understood, master." Lazha spoke in a instructing order: "Figure out what makes the Bioroid''s activate, what''s special about that boy. Make a device then to use the boys attribute and apply it to the Bioroids. How long do you think it''ll take you?" Zac replied to his master while hesitating: "I don''t know, maybe a year or more. Depending on how long it takes us to decipher the way." Lazha replied: My pupil, never hesitate. Since you believe it will take a year, then I shall wait a year. I shall return here in one year. Once that is done the Bioroids shall be mass produced." Zac said: "Thank you, master. I wish you a safe journey in returning back to Beijing." With that Zac gave a bow and the president walked out the door elegantly. His guards closed the door and Zac was left alone in his room.

 Birthday Girl

    23 days and 22 nights have passed since we cleared our way through the blue wolf like ice narwhals, the packs of Arctic wolves, cursed snowman''s and Ice Ogres. The ice forest, had its horrors did not scare us, instead we marched bravely forward. And, with my unique skill no monster was a match for me. Even when we entered into the dungeon by the 4th day. The Ice warriors and Ice Golems there were of no threat to us. Even though we were in no serious danger, I spent every moment I had beside Hailey, and we grew closer and closer by each passing night. It was joy that we experienced in each passing day, the joy of being together. The bright shine of Hailey''s beautiful smile was priceless.


    I saw several Ice golems at my front, and I looked at my right and left. My friends took out their weapons, and I heard Luke say: "seven on fourteen, let beat em to a pulp." Peaches added in: "Come on honey, let''s go." Luke replied: "Sure, let''s go darling." They both charged in and used their sword skills killing five golems through their elegant swordsmanship. Hailey held my hand and I nodded: "You''re right Hailey we shouldn''t get left behind too. My two swords glowed blue, while Hailey''s rapier did as well. With magnificent skill we attacked the ice golems one by one. By using the recoil when our bodies collided with one another we bounced through seven monsters. Jingxi sighed: "If you''re going to leave so little for us what''s the point of not finishing them off? After that he charged in and activated a ingame sword skill and killed one golem. Terry and Leo, without using any skills killed the last one. I checked my level to see what level I was. I was currently level 382, while the lowest leveled player in our guild should be Terry at level 376. I checked what I received from the monsters, as there was a annoying notification system that only the player being notified could hear whenever they gain loot. Since it¡¯s been buzzing since we killed those mobs, I closed the notification by saying: ¡°Notification received.¡± Hailey went next to me and held my hand and asked: ¡°What was the notification about?¡± I replied to her: ¡°I just got more loot, I think it¡¯s those ice swords again.¡± She then replied: ¡°Yeah¡­ Those notifications are about as annoying as how much ice sword drops we get.¡± Jingxi then said: ¡°Another miserable day of farming, oh isn¡¯t life great. Let¡¯s head back.¡± Luke then continued on: ¡°While I agree we should head back, I can¡¯t say it¡¯s miserable as long as I¡¯m with Peaches.¡± Peaches hugged luke and said: ¡°How sweet of you!¡± Leo and Terry both sighed, and Terry said: ¡°Well, it¡¯s sure programmed to be damn cold here.¡± I said: ¡°As long as Hailey¡¯s with me, I¡¯m not cold.¡± Hailey kissed me and the cheeks and said: ¡°There, you feel hotter now?¡± I said: ¡°Yep, that felt good.¡± Hailey laughed and Jingxi and Leo looked at each other for a second and looked at everyone else and said in unison: ¡°Couples, always so lovey dovey.¡± Hailey and Peaches both stared at Jingxi, like predators being ready to kill their target. Jingxi got on his knees and said: ¡°I¡¯m sorry ma¡¯ams I promise I¡¯ll be a good boy, I won¡¯t interrupt your romance.¡± The rest of us laughed as we saw Jingxi being forced on his knees, not wanting to be slapped or have worst fates come to him. We all headed back towards our inn, me and Hailey held hands all the way back as she pointed out to the black starry sky, and said: ¡°I think there are stars here, I wish I could go watch them.¡± I replied: ¡°When it¡¯s your birthday, we could go watch them together. Just the two of us.¡± She said: ¡°Really? You¡¯d do that for me?¡± I replied: ¡°Yeah, your wish is my command.¡± She said: ¡°Yay!¡± and paused and continued: ¡°But¡­ My birthday is tomorrow.¡± I said: ¡°Wait¡­ So your birthday is in December 8th¡­? I thought you were a year younger than me¡­¡± She responded: ¡°Well¡­ I¡¯m just way behind in terms of the month, but we¡¯re still just about as old as each other.¡± I said: ¡°That¡¯s nice, then we can be sure to stick together even when we¡¯re old aged, and we can be able to die together.¡± She nodded, as we all walked back. She then looked at me and asked me: ¡°Is it ok¡­ If tomorrow the two of us camped out in the safezone at this floor to watch the stars?¡± I looked at her surprising and replied: ¡°Let¡¯s do it, let¡¯s make a great memory for you for your sixteenth birthday, Hailey!¡±


    When we returned to the inn, and finished changing both me and Hailey got on the bed. Lying on the pillow I was about to sleep when Hailey asked me a question: ¡°Do you¡­ Have a gift? It seems like you have a gift, and I assume it¡¯s from the monsters since you showed no one what you got¡­¡± I replied to her: ¡°Maybe¡­ But when we return to the real world, I¡¯ll buy you a present for sure.¡± Hailey then said: ¡°I¡¯m sure that¡¯s not the only thing you¡¯ll do for me when you return to the real world.¡± I continued: ¡°When we return, and when we get to the legal age. I¡¯ll propose to your parents. I¡¯m sure my parent would be fully supportive would yours?¡± Hailey said while hugging me: ¡°I¡¯m sure¡­ My mom and dad¡­ Would not agree on this¡­ But, I¡¯ll make sure they do. No matter what, I promise Jason.¡± I nodded, and said: ¡°No matter what, I¡¯ll be with you until your last breath. That¡¯s a promise.¡± Hailey moved in close to me as our lips made contact. After the brief moment she said: ¡°When we return, I want us¡­¡± She blushed and continued on: ¡°To get married and start a family.¡± I blushed a bit and asked her: ¡°Yeah, I¡¯ll be sure to survive the simulation with you, no matter what. In any case, it¡¯s late now so let¡¯s sleep.¡± I put my arm over Hailey¡¯s body as we slept together peacefully drifting in our separate dreams where we were sure still to be connected with each other. This novel is published on a different platform. Support the original author by finding the official source.


    In the next day, I woke up early. Especially early even when comparing myself to others. It was 5AM, no one was awake, slowly I moved away from the bed so Hailey wouldn¡¯t notice. She looked cute and beautiful at the same time despite being asleep. I went into the living room, and changed into my usual outfit. My black coat, with red flames on it. I took out the flower, and looked at it. It was a ice bauhinia, a bright blue light came from the flower. I realised why this was a legendary item immediately why I saw it, it was legendary not because of its stats. But it was legendary because of it¡¯s aesthetics, and combining it with Hailey would make her even more beautiful. Such a beautiful flower could only be fit with a maiden like Hailey. Tonight, I promised her to bring her to see the stars. Tonight, I decided I would give her the flower under the guidance of the light made by the stars. I decided to prepare breakfast myself in order to give Hailey a surprise. I started making dim sum, I remembered how Hailey made them as I followed her steps precisely. I made several types of dim sum, including the shanghai styled Xiao Long Bao, steamed pork buns, steamed chicken buns, rice rolls and others.


    I placed the Dim sum I made on the table, as I took out all the silverware, plates and bowls and equally distributed them to all 7 seats. Soon after I was done, I heard a knock in the door. I opened it to see who it was, and to my surprise¡­ It was everyone. I was surprised and asked: ¡°Why¡¯re you all so early?¡± Peaches replied to me: ¡°It wouldn¡¯t be right for us to not show up early, after all it¡¯s Hailey¡¯s birthday.¡± I asked Peaches: ¡°Do you even have a present for her?¡± Luke put his arm over Peaches and said: ¡°We bought it together, and the present we chose was ear rings.¡± Luke took out a case and inside, there was two earrings. Two ruby earrings. Peaches said: ¡°I think Hailey would like them¡­ She did mention about how she loved wearing earrings on special events.¡± Luke patted her back: ¡°I¡¯m sure she¡¯ll like it darling.¡± I looked over to the rest of the crowd and asked: ¡°So, let me guess you guys came earlier just to¡­ do what?¡± Terry said: ¡°Ummm¡­ I thought I would help out with cooking but you¡¯re done so¡­¡± Jingxi then went on: ¡°I thought I could uh, congratulate her on her birthday.¡± Leo said: ¡°I was looking for the toilet when Luke and Peaches came knocking on my door and told me to get dressed.¡± I sighed and I said: ¡°Well let¡¯s get seated and get ready.¡± In around 7am, Hailey woke up and saw me fully dressed and asked: ¡°Wait¡­ Why¡¯re you up so early and dressed up¡­ Oh no¡­ Did I oversleep?¡± I replied: ¡°Relax, relax. You didn¡¯t oversleep, I just wanted to prepare you breakfast for your birthday and be the first one you see in the morning of your birthday. Happy birthday Hailey!¡± She said: ¡°Thanks Jason! I knew I could always count on you to give me a great birthday!¡± I continued on: ¡°Tonight, I¡¯ll give you your presents, I promise you¡¯ll like it.¡± After I said that she hugged me and after I got out of the room, she started changing. I heard the door of our bedroom open as Hailey came outside, and everyone said: ¡°Happy birthday, Hailey!¡± Tears came out of you guys as she said: ¡°You guys¡­ Worked together to make all of this? Thanks!¡± Leo spoke: ¡°Don¡¯t thank us, we came here early just to say happy birthday, but Jason made all of that.¡± Hailey looked at me happily with tears as she cried out: ¡°Thanks Jason! She then wrapped her arms around me, and I accepted her as I too also wrapped mine around her.


    Peaches then came out and said: ¡°Happy birthday Hailey! Here¡¯s a present from me and Luke.¡± She gave the case to Hailey as Hailey said: ¡°It¡¯s beautiful, and it suits me too!¡± She put the earrings on her ear, and she looked great. The earrings truly matched her. I said: ¡°Hailey, they suit you a lot. You look beautiful with them on!¡± She blushed and asked: ¡°Really?¡± I nodded. We all went on the table as we started eating breakfast. Hailey dived in first and said: ¡°Wow! This is so good! Did you really make this Jason?¡± I nodded, while Jingxi said: ¡°Although it¡¯s not as good as Hailey¡¯s you still managed to make it quite good.¡± Luke said: ¡°Hey hey, I never remembered you were a cook. Last year in the camp you relied on the girls to cook.¡± I blushed and said: ¡°I guess Hailey was my teacher and motivator for me to learn how to cook¡­¡± Peaches said: ¡°That¡¯s expected, Hailey¡¯s a legend at cooking. No matter what she would whip you into shape for cooking. But I just never expected it to be this fast¡­¡± We were all enjoying breakfast. By the time we were finished with breakfast, I suggested to everyone: ¡°Let¡¯s take a day off for today, let¡¯s celebrate her birthday instead!¡± Everyone agreed, so we just played around with cards, and other games. Ah, the fun we had. However sometime at around noon just when I was about to prepare lunch, we heard a sudden knock on our door.

 Under The Star Filled Night Skies

    After hearing a knock from the door I said: ¡°I¡¯ll get it.¡± I opened the door and a young brown haired boy with brown eyes, which was probably twelve judging from his height went on his knees, crying. I helped him up as the young boy wiped his tears and said: ¡°My friends and I¡­ We found the boss room¡­ It¡¯s another trapped boss room like the one you faced.¡± The words he said caught everyones attention. Everyone stared at the boy, and I restarted the conversation in a more serious tone and said: ¡°Give us more detail to work with.¡± The boy started talking: ¡°My guild which was had a full party, of 6 players including me, were farming in the 7th dungeon today on the first zone of the maze there, when one of us got knocked back by a mob we found a secret passage, and the passage led to a treasure chest. My team mates and I rushed towards it in happiness hoping to find a good weapon inside the chest, however it was a trap. My five friends rushed in as the doors closed, judging from the size and the feeling it gave off it was definitely a boss. The boss¡­ It had two huge ice war hammers. I think the only way to describe the war hammers would that it was the thunder god from western religion, Thor¡¯s war hammer, Mj?lnir. However, instead of it being made of metal and wood it was made of ice. Fully ice, and it was able to freely use ice. It made ice spikes, ice spears, ice arrows to attack my guild, it didn¡¯t even engage in a close range combat battle with them¡­ They were destroyed in a matter of seconds, some frozen some just killed.¡± Peaches went down on her knees, with a hopeless face and said: ¡°No way¡­ How are we¡­ Supposed to face that?¡± Luke went to Peaches to hold her hand and said: ¡°Remember our promise? I promise, I¡¯ll get us both out and once we¡¯re out we¡¯re going to start a family.¡± Peaches¡¯s eyes teared even more as she cried out: ¡°Luke¡­¡± After that the red haired girl hugged Luke, as she said: ¡°Please¡­ Promise me you will.¡± Luke nodded, accepting her embrace. However, unlike Peaches, Hailey was much more confident. She looked at me smiling, and said: ¡°Let¡¯s win this together, Jason.¡± I nodded at her and said: ¡°Yeah. Let¡¯s do this, and then get out of this horror house. Once we do, we¡¯ll do what Peaches and Luke are gonna do.¡± She nodded and said: ¡°Yeah, and you still owe me that present.¡± I laugh and said: ¡°I got it, I won¡¯t die today. I promised to take you to see the stars and give you a present.


    We looked at the boy, as Hailey tried to comfort him. She patted his back as she sat next to him and said in a gentle voice: ¡°I¡¯m sorry¡­ But we can¡¯t do anything for your friends, I¡¯m afraid the boss already would have killed him. I promise though, we¡¯ll retrieve their weapons for you.¡± The boy, erupted into tears as he went onto Hailey¡¯s lap. Hailey patted him on the head and said: ¡°Your friends are likely happy that you survived, it¡¯s ok to cry. Cry it out and you¡¯ll feel better, your friends wouldn¡¯t be happy to see you be sad. So once you¡¯re done crying smile, try to smile and look as happy as you can, it¡¯ll make you feel better. Definitely.¡± The boy eventually was done crying and asked us while sobbing: ¡°Are¡­ You¡­ Going¡­ To¡­ Raid¡­ The¡­ Boss¡­?¡± We all nodded, as the boy said: ¡°Please¡­ If you see my friends, save them. I know they¡¯re not dead, please!¡± I sighed and thought to myself After crying that much, and needing that much comforting, you still believe that they¡¯re not dead. It¡¯s no use, but I guess it¡¯s the least I can do to help this child mentally. Unless somehow his friends managed to survive in ice, in a corner without being slashed apart they could survive¡­ However this possibility is highly unlikely due to the bosses having advanced artificial intelligence piloting them. I said to the boy after my brief moment of thought: ¡°We definitely will bring your friends back if we see them, I swear that on my life.¡± The boy bowed down and said: ¡°Thank you sir.¡± I helped him up and said: ¡°No need to be so formal, stand up.¡± The boy stood up, gave me the map he and his guild made for the route to the boss room as I told him: ¡°I¡¯ll tell you the results of the raid, once we get back.¡± With that, the boy thanked us and left. I ordered everyone: ¡°Everyone, go spread the news about the boss room, tell everyone to get all the clearers to clearer¡¯s square by 2pm.¡± Everyone nodded, giving me the signal that they knew what to do. So we all exited from the room, as we all ran towards the teleporter and teleported towards the currently most visited cities by clearers. The news we had spread like fire in a forest, it was amazing how before 2pm most of the clearers were already in the cities probably after they were contacted by personal messages from friends. By 2pm, around 156 players that were the right level for fighting the boss, not including us had gathered into clearers square. I took my spot, as I said: ¡°Thank you, you all for coming. Let us begin the strategic meeting for the 7th boss.¡± I started to describe the boss, with his abilities that were shown. Everyone was saddened by the loss of the 5 young kids in the front lines that were trapped trying to fight a boss. After the brief introduction of the boss I started talking more about the strategy as I said in a serious tone: ¡°As you all know, I have been entrusted with the skill [Dual Wield]. I plan to use this skill, to benefit us all. The power and speed that [Dual Wield] gives me is enormous, however there is literally no defensive power for it, I can only use my sword to block attacks, and in this boss¡¯s case it has the power to use projectiles, ice spikes from the ground and other techniques. So all the tanks will stand in front, as we switch continuously whenever the boss tires out on his attacks. There will be five tank teams, each tank team will tank until they are at 25% health and then return to the backlines to regenerate health. However, we must still watch out of the ice spikes it sends from the ground, so all clearers are to be careful of not getting hit by these ice spikes. All the attackers are to be careful, and try not to get hit by the boss¡¯s melee attacks. Use your skill shots at the end, because the opening that the skill makes can be where the boss strikes. You all got that?¡± Everyone nodded, as I saw that everyone agreed with my plan, I began my short speech: ¡°5 youngsters that once had futures outside of the simulation were murdered in the worst possible way, experiencing great horrors before death. Let us avenge their deaths, and move on to the next stage!¡± Everyone cheered as we charged towards the boss room.


    As we went to the mysterious corner, we found a long grey stone path, with ice pillars beside the stone path. Our large army of clearers marched towards the boss room¡¯s door, a giant ice door stood between us and the boss. As everyone arrived before the boss door I shouted: ¡°If anyone wants to leave now, they can.¡± No one moved, so I shouted: ¡°Are you ready?!¡± Everyone shouted: ¡°Yeah!!!!¡± I opened the boss room¡¯s door as we all charged inside. A second after I went in the door began to shut at a incredibly fast speed, I commanded the clearers: ¡°I want 20 non shielders to hold the door down until everyone is inside, everyone else take formation. Go go go!¡± With that, 20 non shielders held on to the door trying to keep it open. When I looked around the room, it was a cavern made of ice with ice spikes in the edges of the room, with a mist in the end of the room, where I could only make out that there was a throne and the boss was there. On the top, there were icicles that looked like they would fall on us in any second. By the time the door was opened and stabilised to not shut by the 20 players, the mist had cleared. I saw it, a snowman. But this was no ordinary snowman, it was a Yeti.


    It¡¯s name was: The King of Ice, Bingyaoi. This yeti was enormous, wearing caveman like clothes, which showed his entire left breast. His fur was snow white, while having a ice blue face and skin. He was like a gorilla, just several times larger and wielding two ice made Mj?lnirs which were also several times larger than us. The yeti pounded his chest as he screamed, causing icicles to drop on us. Since this was not planned, everyone went into panic as the Yeti came charging towards the shielders. Hailey was next to me, and I said: ¡°We have to attack, we don¡¯t have a choice.¡± She nodded and said: ¡°Let¡¯s go then Jason.¡± Luke and Peaches went next to me as Peaches asked me: ¡°What¡¯d you think you¡¯re doing? The information we got weren''t completely accurate, you could die out there.¡± Hailey replied for me: ¡°If we die it doesn¡¯t matter, we came here as clearers ready to sacrifice our lives. It doesn¡¯t matter if I die, at least I can be with Jason.¡± I continued on: ¡°But I¡¯m sure we¡¯ll make it alive, as long as I have dual wield and I¡¯m alive I¡¯ll continue protecting Hailey and myself without fail.¡± Luke said: ¡°I¡¯m coming with, you and Hailey always almost die, I¡¯ve gotta prevent that this time.¡± Peaches continued on: ¡°Yeah, I¡¯m going too.¡± Luke turned over and held Peaches¡¯s hand as he said: ¡°Peaches¡­ I¡¯m sorry but, could you stay behind?¡± Peaches looked at him surprisingly as she asked: ¡°Why?¡± He looked at Peaches with a teary look and hugged her while saying: ¡°I don¡¯t want you to die, or have the danger of dying¡­ So please¡­ Stay here.¡± She then patted his back as she cried out as well: ¡°Do you know what would happen if you died, I wouldn¡¯t be able to live anymore in this world¡­ You are everything to me, so please, let me come with you and protect you Luke¡­¡± Luke nodded, as I said: ¡°Now that you guys wasted some time talking like that, can we go get the boss? Listen, all we have to do is draw it¡¯s attention while dealing some damage to it. So Luke and Peaches, you¡¯ll go blocking it¡¯s attacks while me and Hailey directly attack it. Got it? He nodded. I shouted: ¡°Go!¡± We all leapt into the sky diving towards the Yeti. The Yeti shot out icicles at us, as I signaled Luke and Peaches to block it. Luke and Peaches, blocked it together, slicing through all of the Yeti¡¯s attacks. After they blocked it, me and Hailey used Peaches and Luke as a platform as we leapt even further towards the monster. As we were in flight I heard Luke said: ¡°Get em for me buddy.¡± Me and Hailey both activated our sword skills, I activated my ultimate sword skill Celestial Expansion and rapidly slashed 75 times in the span of 40 seconds, after I was done I shouted: ¡°Switch! Don¡¯t let the Yeti counterattack!¡± Hailey went as fast as she could, as she activated her sword skill.The author''s content has been appropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon.


    Several days ago, at night.


    At the bed, before I changed my clothes Hailey came next to me and she said: ¡°Wait Jason, don¡¯t change yet. I want to practice with you outside, I¡¯ve got a new skill to show you.¡± I nodded and I said: ¡°Alright, let¡¯s go.¡± We went outside to the grassy plains, while still inside the safe zone. Hailey asked me: ¡°Are you ready?¡± I nodded as she sent me a training fight request, where once a player goes down to half health they will lose, and cannot fight anymore. In order to continue training, we bought 50 health potions with us, stored inside our inventories. I took out my Shen Wu Shidao only and Hailey said: ¡°No¡­ I want you to use both your swords.¡± I looked at her and nodded. If she wanted to challenge me at full power, I would grant her wish. I then took out my second sword, Lions Edge. Hailey rushed towards me, using her skill immediately yelling out: ¡°This is my new skill! Shining Starlight!¡± Although I thought the name sounded horrible, I didn¡¯t yell it out but at the same time I activated my own skill Double Infinity Slashes, by using two swords I could activate twice the number of my previous skills. Hailey¡¯s continuous pierces were met by my slashes, however my 28 slashes were overwhelmed by the pure speed of her pierces by the 10th trade, I thought the combo was nearly ending¡­ However, I was dead wrong. Hailey continued on attacking as we traded blow for blow, with her lightning fast speed by the time we went on to the 28th blow where my combo was about to end, we both had hit 3 hits on each other. Despite the bonus¡¯s on the dual wield, I still could only match her in speed. Her graceful, yet accurate and lightning fast technique was overwhelming. I thought the trade had ended by the 28th trade, but it didn¡¯t her sword kept on going and I was forced to try dodge them. One¡­ Two¡­ Three¡­ Four¡­ Five¡­ Six¡­ Seven¡­ Seven blows, and my health went to 50% and the duel ended.


    I asked her: ¡°When did you manage to get this skill? It¡¯s so graceful and beautiful like you.¡± She blushed briefly and said: ¡°Around after the 6th boss I was able to start doing it, just not rapidly. During the times when I scouted ahead, I used the skill to practice.¡± I replied: ¡°So thats why you always were so tired after scouting¡­¡± She nodded, and said: ¡°Could you keep this a secret to everyone? I don¡¯t want to use it until the next boss fight.¡± I nodded and I said: ¡°Yeah¡­ I understand the pain of having everyone annoy you about it.¡± She laughed and said: ¡°Well I¡¯m not as anti social as you alright Jason?¡± I said: ¡°Hey, I¡¯m not that anti social.¡± We both laughed.


    7th Boss Yeti Boss room


    Shining Starlight was activated, as Hailey¡¯s blade glowed blue as she attacked the boss with an amazing 35 strikes. After that, the Yeti attempted to attack us using ice spears, that came from a blue portal above him to attack us, we dodged the numerous spears but knew that we couldn¡¯t dodge forever. The Yeti cared not for his only life, but only for our destruction. The AI behind the Yeti was probably programmed for aggressive use only. Everyone returned, and I yelled new orders in order to counter the icicles which fell from the skies. The shielders were now to raise their shields to protect themselves, while the attackers would rush towards the Yeti. However, before the plan took action I noticed the Yeti¡¯s health and I gasped. It¡¯s health was¡­ 98%. After I noticed, I saw Hailey notice too, and she said: ¡°Oh¡­ My god¡­ What is that thing?¡± After she said that, the Yeti punched the ground and ice spikes came towards us as I yelled: ¡°Split!¡± Effectively, all the clearers split into two sides. After that I yelled: ¡°Attack now!¡± Everyone¡¯s swords glowed, as we charged towards the Yeti, using our sword skills. After a brief 10 seconds, the Yeti began to cast down spears on itself. I yelled out: ¡°Retreat!¡± After that, everyone leapt back towards the shielder¡¯s as the shielder¡¯s provided safety from behind. However, the first line of shielder¡¯s were low and had to rotate. I quickly yelled: ¡°Rotate now! Before he attacks again!¡± Quickly, the second line of shielders came forward and got ready to defend against the Yeti. The Yeti roared as several blue portals appeared and ice spears came shooting down at the shielders.


    Everyone instinctively leapt back, after a brief moment of pausing after deactivating it¡¯s spears the Yeti sent down icicles at us. I yelled out: ¡°Shielders group 3, block!¡± The 3rd shielder group leapt up to the skies and blocked the icicles as we charged towards the Yeti. However, without using our sword skills we couldn¡¯t do too much damage to the Yeti, it still had 94% health. After more 10 switches the Yeti still had 54% health, we all were starting to feel the fatigue as the Yeti began another ice spike strike at us. I yelled out: ¡°Split!¡± as several more of our shielders were hit by the ice spike and killed. After that, I noticed the Yeti¡¯s weakness. Our only choice were to have all the shielders shield the attackers from the ice spear rain the Yeti summoned on itself while we used our swords skills. I shouted: ¡°Shielders, this time when we attack, go towards the Yeti with the attackers, but leap higher than the attackers. The shielders obediently followed my lead as I said: ¡°Attackers, use your sword skills, let¡¯s go!¡± Every single one of us left leapt towards the Yeti. Blue portals appeared on top of the Yeti as we attempted to kill it, I yelled: ¡°Block it now! Attackers, let¡¯s finish this!¡± Everyone¡¯s swords glowed, and a rainbow ring was made around the yeti like it was being imprisoned within it. Everyone used their strongest sword skills, and repeated using them except for me, as mine was quite long. By the time shielder¡¯s couldn¡¯t hold on the there was already numerous cuts on the Yeti, too much that no one could count how much there was. And once the Yeti casted a storm of ice spears on itself it was over. It¡¯s own attack had killed itself, and it began to vaporise into ashes. Peaches managed to somehow get the last hit and she was rewarded with two ice hammers. And since the ice hammers were similar to maces, she was able to use them with ease. Peaches went over to Terry as she asked: ¡°Could you help me upgrade this?¡± Terry nodded. At the teleporter at the town nearest towards the dungeon I told Luke: ¡°Me and Hailey are spending this night to ourselves, see you tomorrow.¡± Luke nodded and said: ¡°Have fun you two.¡±


    After everyone in the clearer team went and teleported to Shinpong, I said to Hailey: ¡°Well, let¡¯s go. Let¡¯s go see the stars together Hailey, just like I promised you.¡± Hailey replied with a teary look: ¡°You¡¯re the best¡­ Jason.¡± I smiled as I took her hand, as I shouted: ¡°Summon item, tent!¡± A tent bag immediately dropped in front of us, with sleeping mats and everything. I then told Hailey: ¡°I¡¯ll make dinner for us, I got supplies in my inventory.¡± We found a cliff nearby the town, while still being inside the safe zone. The area¡¯s view was great, we could see the snow white trees behind us, while also seeing the frozen rivers of this part of the maze. At exactly 10pm, in the night Hailey said: ¡°Look! Stars! They¡¯re so beautiful Jason!¡± I replied: ¡°I think you¡¯re much more beautiful Hailey, much more.¡± She blushed and asked: ¡°Really?¡± I replied: ¡°Yeah!¡± While eating the meal which I cooked by making a bonfire, she said: ¡°Your cooking skills have improved, a lot! It¡¯s so good Jason!¡± I replied: ¡°Nonsense, these food are no where near as good as your cooking.¡± She then said: ¡°Well¡­ I think they¡¯re quite close.¡± Under the starlight, as we gazed upon, she looked at me and asked me: ¡°So uh, what about the gift?¡± I replied while looking back at her: ¡°I thought you¡¯d never ask, summon item Ice Bauhinia!¡± I handed her the Ice Bauhinia into her hands as Hailey said: ¡°This is so beautiful! I think I¡¯ll put it on my hair!¡± I nodded, as she put the flower on on head, the pure white glow showed her beauty even more. Hailey then looked at me: ¡°Thank you Jason, without you I would¡¯ve never been able to see such a beautiful night sky!¡± I replied: ¡°It¡¯s my job to make you happy, after all I¡¯m happy if you are.¡± After staring at the sky for a while I said: ¡°Sometimes I wonder, if we would¡¯ve ever met if it weren¡¯t for this damned game.¡± She held my hands as she said: ¡°No, even if it weren¡¯t for this simulation, I would¡¯ve found you in the real world and became your wife. We were meant for each other.¡± I replied: ¡°I¡­ Promise¡­ I¡¯ll propose to you once we return to the real world and turn 18. I promise we¡¯ll survive this.¡± Hailey replied: ¡°I¡¯ll be waiting then.¡± As she came closer to me, as I also went closer to her. Our lips touched as we kissed under the night sky filled with stars.

 Proposal from the revived I

    It¡¯s been 38 days since we first arrived to this part of the simulation, which was another icy area. This time, it wasn¡¯t just ogres or any other strange creature. The creator of this simulation sure didn¡¯t have any creativity. They just ripped off the frost giants from the norse mythology, and it was pretty disappointing. Then again, this was just a simulation made for us to die in. Not much sense on making enjoyable, however it did include some, if not all of the joys of life. I personally enjoyed not sweating, had a pain absorption device to limit the pain we received and not being able to get diseases. It¡¯s ironic that we came here to be technically tortured, however instead we¡¯re in a way getting a more luxurious life. Sometimes I even thought that, maybe this was heaven and we were already dead already. This floor was a massive maze of it¡¯s own, it took us 13 days alone just to find the dungeon, and 25 more days to reach the place we are now. The remaining player count is hovering at around 7,200, with only 36% of the original players left. Morale was at a all time low at this point, because no one could find the boss room. On the top floor, was only lord class frost giants on there.


    As we went towards the closest town from the dungeon, Leo carefully traced the map to ensure we were walking in the right direction. I was next to Hailey as usual, and I thought about our promise that night under the stars. A promise, I¡¯ll never forget. However, whether I forget, or fulfil it is two different cases. Both me or Hailey could die today, tomorrow, or any other day in this death game. The promise, was one I wished to fulfil and one I had a duty to fulfil. Even if it meant getting married in a virtual world, I wished to marry her. Ever since the night when we slept together under the stars, had I thought of this. However, I kept thinking to myself when should I propose to her. Now, or outside?


    I said to Hailey who was on my left to me, and holding my left hand: ¡°I need to talk to Terry for a bit about helping me make and upgrade some of my items, I¡¯ll be right back alright?¡± She nodded, as I released my hand and went to the back of the group to find Terry. I went to Terry and said: ¡°I need to have a talk with you.¡± He nervously replied: ¡°About¡­ What¡­?¡± I said: ¡°Calm down, it¡¯s not about you, it¡¯s about me. So promise you won¡¯t scream, shout or spread this please¡­¡± He replied to me: ¡°I promise.¡± I then went on and asked him: ¡°So uh, can you make rings?¡± He quickly went next to me and whispered in my ears: ¡°You¡¯re¡­ Proposing to her in here?¡± I nodded, as I said to him silently: ¡°I¡¯ve got some refined blue diamonds I managed to buy from those people who spend their days mining in the 3rd part of the simulation. Believe me it wasn¡¯t cheap, can you make two with these? Summon item, blue diamond!¡± I showed him the blue diamonds and he nodded and asked me silently: ¡°Do you want them to be made entirely of blue diamond?¡± I nodded as I handed him the blue diamonds. He whispered to me: ¡°Good luck¡­¡± I nodded as I went back to walk next to Hailey. She asked me: ¡°What were you boys talking about?¡± I lied to her: ¡°Well¡­ We were talking about upgrading weapons.¡± She replied: ¡°Oh come on, spill it what¡¯re you talking about, I know that¡¯s not what¡¯re your talking about.¡± I continued lying on: ¡°Okay, okay¡­ We were talking about setting up shop in the night to sell weapons to the lower kids down there to make money.¡± She replied: ¡°See? That wasn¡¯t so bad.¡±


    We returned to our inn, and ate dinner. During dinner Jingxi bought up the subject: ¡°What kind boss do you think it¡¯ll be this time?¡± I replied to him while sighing: ¡°Did you even listen in history class? It¡¯s definitely going to be Ymir, seeing that these seem to be frost giants. Ymir¡¯s their fucking king.¡± Jingxi replied: ¡°Wow wow, dude you and I both know I don¡¯t pay attention in history.¡± I said: ¡°Fair point, you don¡¯t even pay attention in any class at all.¡± We all laughed. We finished dinner relatively quickly tonight, and after everyone left both me and Hailey changed to our sleeping clothing. While we were changing I said: ¡°It¡¯s been 38 days¡­ And still no one has found the boss room¡­¡± The maze in this floor was hard as hell, and it was definitely much larger than the other mazes we¡¯ve been in. There was literally no checkpoints, so we had to guess where we were going. Even I had no idea if we were heading the right way. When we both got on the bed, I looked at Hailey and asked her: ¡°Do you think we¡¯ll ever get out of here?¡± She stared at me surprised at what I asked and replied: ¡°Why¡¯re you asking that, we both know there¡¯s only 3 more bosses to clear until we¡¯re out. We will live, and when we go back out¡­ I want us both, to be together.¡± I replied: ¡°That¡¯s my wish too¡­ But this boss, I¡¯ve just got a bad gut feeling about him.¡± She said: ¡°As long as we¡¯re together, there¡¯s nothing we can¡¯t overcome Jason, even if this is a game governed by stats. We¡¯ll just have to surpass the system itself.¡± I nodded and said: ¡°Yeah, I agree. We¡¯ll definitely make it out.¡± I stared at her for a moment, and wanted to tell her about the ring. I asked: ¡°Hailey?¡± She looked at me and said: ¡°Yes?¡± In the end, I couldn¡¯t tell her about the ring. It just didn¡¯t feel like the right time for me. Unlawfully taken from Royal Road, this story should be reported if seen on Amazon.


    It was the next morning, and I woke up early in order to collect the ring from Terry. I quickly got dressed and went over to his room. I knocked on the door, I heard a faint shout: ¡°I¡¯m coming, please wait a second.¡± I waited for a few seconds, as the door opened. On Terry¡¯s hand there was a ring case, with a ring inside it. I opened it and saw it was a blue ring, made out of pure diamond. Beautiful, and perfect for Hailey. Terry placed the box into my hands and he said: ¡°Hope you have good luck proposing to her, when are you planning to do it?¡± I looked at him and said: ¡°I don¡¯t actually know, ever since I asked you to make a ring¡­ I¡¯ve been hesitant to even bring up the topic of our future life together. I feel like I¡¯m rushing her.¡± Terry said: ¡°I personally think that¡­ Uh¡­ If you, you know¡­ If you both have spent this much time together I think you¡¯re ready. That just saying, you¡¯re much closer together than probably even my parents.¡± Terry stuttered and moment and said: ¡°Anyway¡­ That¡¯s just what I think¡­ Maybe you have your own¡­ Reasons¡­¡± After a moment of silence I said: ¡°Yeah! That¡¯s it, that¡¯s the answer to the question I¡¯ve been worrying about so long. So I didn¡¯t even have to worry about it at all. All this time, I was worried for nothing. Thanks Terry.¡± Terry replied: ¡°No problem? Anyway good luck!¡± He handed me the box as we both headed towards my room for breakfast. When we arrived, Hailey asked me: ¡°Why¡¯d you get up so early? That¡¯s¡­ Very unlike you.¡± I replied to her: ¡°Here¡¯s a tip, it had something to do with yesterday¡¯s conversation with Terry.¡± She said: ¡°Well, when are you setting up shop?¡± I didn¡¯t speak, as my face signalled that I needed help and Terry came into my rescue and said: ¡°Probably after we clear this boss. Weapon sales have been low recently, since you know¡­ The lack of trust of us being even able to clear this?¡± Hailey replied: ¡°So huh¡­ People are starting to lose hope¡­¡± I looked at Hailey and said: ¡°As long as I¡¯m alive, I will be your hope. And as long as you¡¯re alive, your my hope.¡± Hailey nodded, as the rest of the Crimson Vigilantes came into the room.


    After an nice simple breakfast, we prepared ourselves to head out to the dungeon to hunt. We all walked out of the inn and went to the teleporter. However¡­ Once we were there I saw someone shouting: ¡°The White Wolves, have found the bossroom! All clearers please head to clearer square.¡± We all teleported to Shinpong, and we saw people who were part of the White Wolves on the stage. I made eyecontact with their leader, a red haired person like me, only slightly taller. He started his speech: ¡°I myself have always been fond with the Vigilantes, not only me but the White Wolves as well. But I believe it¡¯s time they step down as the leading guild, we¡¯ve found the boss room so it¡¯s our turn to lead this fight. All the Vigilantes do is fight fight fight, no strategy at all. They aren¡¯t even fucking organised, in fact for some reason they even have god damn romantic relationships in that guild, but look at us! We¡¯re an organised army of wolves, we¡¯re like a pack of wolves who hunt together. We hunt for the exit together, and today I ask everyone to follow me, Henry Tang. And not, this man.¡± He points at me as we both make eye contact. ¡°I ask you not to follow, Jason. It¡¯s time for you to retire, and the true heroes to take the stage my friend.¡± I replied to him in a loud, yet calm voice: ¡°Do what you want, me and my guild¡¯ll be waiting outside the boss door and see how you guys clear this. I have no faith in you, if you want to prove that you can lead everyone out, be my guest. But I¡¯m not risking my life, and my comrade¡¯s lives for your stupid game.¡± He shouted at me: ¡°Doesn¡¯t that mean your scared? Huh? The great dual flame Samurai scared? Ha! What a joke.¡± I said once again in a calm voice: ¡°If you think we¡¯re that then go right ahead. I have no qualms to argue with you, nor will I try to.¡± He shouted towards everyone else: ¡°LET US DESTROY THIS BOSS AND SHOW THIS MOTHERFUCKER WHO¡¯S TOPSHIT!¡± Cheers were heard all over the town as Hailey asked me: ¡°Are you sure you¡¯ll be fine with this?¡± I replied to her as I held her hand: ¡°If they can defeat the boss without our help, that¡¯s fine¡­ But what I¡¯m worried of is that they can¡¯t.¡± She nodded, as we followed the White Wolves and the other clearers to the boss room. A large door, was built. It wasn¡¯t made of ice though¡­ Strange I thought. The door was made out of wood, and there was green and golden engravings on it. It was like those elven doors¡­ Strange, I don¡¯t recall Ymir being in this kind of environment¡­ In fact he hated this kind of environment¡­ Ymir only liked cold environments, thus the reason why his land was a land of frost. Henry shouted: ¡°Today! We clear this boss and we show the world, who¡¯s TOP SHIT! TO VICTORY!¡± I heard cheers all over as the door opened and they all charged in, while me and the Vigilante¡¯s remained outside.

 Proposal from the revived II

    We all were seated outside, resting and waiting for the other clearers to finish the boss fight. All of a sudden we started hearing screams, coming from the inside. I said: "Quick, open the boss room door and let''s look at the boss." Leo and Jingxi opened the door, as they opened the wooden door, we all gasped. The boss room was a throne room, inside though it was nothing like this map. It was a room with a tree in the back. The throne inside the room was fused with the tree, the ground was purely filled with grass. However, the thing that has surprised me and everyone else... Was that the person we were fighting wasn''t Ymir, it was Loki. A giant with two golden horns on his head, from top to bottom he was wearing green and gold clothing. There was no mistaking it, it was Loki. It seemed like a humorous prank, because his name was "The Adopted Son of Odin, Loki." He didn''t have anything to do with this, so why would he be here? No time to think about that though, as we watched them fight Loki was swinging his Ruby golden handle longsword at the clearers, one by one they retreated after constant switching. The clearers were getting flung here and there. However, things only got worst when suddenly a orange aura enveloped Loki. He aimed both his hands at the clearers, and lighting came out, instantly killing two shielders. In the chaos, he fired several fireballs which killed even more clearers. He then used his longsword, and charged at the clearers. It was chaos in there, and the clearers were getting slaughtered.


    Then I saw henry, take out his greatsword. As he shouted: ¡°I shall lead us to victory, fear not!¡± Henry was known, as a greatsword user. However his abilities were never on par with me and Hailey, but his levels were generally quite close to ours. What happened next, was a huge shock for not only us, but for everyone else as well. Henry took out his large longsword, and activated his recently acquired 23 hit combo White Fang. Henry charged towards Loki, dodging 4 fireballs that was shot by Loki. Loki then switched over to lightning, and Henry kept dodging them as he charged towards the giant Loki. The closer he got towards Loki, the more confident he felt. However, there was a scream coming from the desperate Loki. After the loud scream, Henry was struck down so fast by Loki¡¯s lightning bolts that I could barely see them. Henry¡¯s health dropped down to zero, as he said: ¡°Dammit all¡­ Ugh¡­¡± His body then started vaporising into dust. The clearers were in chaos, with the leader down Loki was killing clearers here and there. Screams were heard from inside the boss room, as they tried to run to the boss room door, only to be stopped by Loki. Hailey drew her rapier as she said: ¡°No¡­. No¡­. No¡­ Please stop!¡± I placed my hand in front of her as I said: ¡°If we just go in there, it¡¯ll just be suicide. We need to figure out a plan first, be rationale Hailey.¡± Peaches went over to Hailey and put her hand on Hailey¡¯s shoulder as she said: ¡°Hailey¡­ I get that this is hard on you, but we can¡¯t win this without sacrifice.¡± Hailey looked down on the floor, so that no one could see her crying face.


    Luke and I started observing the boss, and after one minute we could tell that the clearers numbers went down to a half. Hailey wasn¡¯t looking at the boss room, as she couldn¡¯t bear seeing all the people die. So she was behind me and Luke, as we observed the bosses¡¯ movement patterns. I looked through the hole in the door, as I saw the players getting massacred. Hailey came over suddenly, and asked me: ¡°Are you done with your plan yet?¡± Just as I was about to formulate a response, we caught eye on Loki pinning down a little brown haired boy. The boy shrieked: ¡°NO NO NO NO! PLEASE! I DON¡¯T WANT TO DIE!¡± After I saw that I knew what Hailey was going to do as I reached out for her, but it was too late. She leapt out using Sonic Dash, a faster version of Flash Charge however, it didn¡¯t any attacking power. As she shouted: ¡°STOP IT!!!!¡± She charged towards the boss, as she landed the first attack on Loki. Her blade glowed blue as she activated the one slash skill Piercing Strike. As the slash made contact with Loki, Loki screamed in agony as he yelled out: ¡°RAAAA!! FILTHY MORTAL, TASTE THE WRATH OF LOKI!¡± He shot lightning bolts from his aura at Hailey, and since Hailey was unable to dodge the lightning bolts due to the opening made by the skill to just use, she was going to be hit. If even Henry was killed in one hit, both me and Hailey would be as well¡­ I knew what to do, to keep her alive. My mission, was to protect her. My mission, was to ensure she was safe. She, was my main motivation to clearing this simulation. Without her, all my efforts up till now¡­ Would be a waste. I would gladly give my life up to preserve hers. Without thought, I activated Sonic Dash and went in front of Hailey. As I said: ¡°Goodbye, Hailey¡­ Live a happy life¡­. I love you...¡± Immediately after, I was electrocuted by the lightning bolt, and flung over to a enormous bookshelf as it collapsed on me. My health was drained, as I felt my consciousness in the world, being sucked out of this world. I knew my life was going to be over in a matter of seconds, but I would not regret my life up till now. I was happy, I got to meet Hailey and got to fall in love with her. My only wish now, is for her to survive, and be happy.


    After the attack, Hailey collapsed on the ground as the rest of the Vigilante¡¯s came in. Luke shouted: ¡°We¡¯re taking charge, everyone spread out and make sure you dodge those ranged attacks. Avoid them at all costs.¡± Hailey was at a loss for words, Jason¡¯s death had damaged her deeply. She fell on the floor crying. Peaches went over to Hailey and dragged Hailey away from the frontlines in the boss room. She went next to Hailey and tried to comfort her, as Peaches said: ¡°Hailey¡­ I¡¯m really sorry.¡± Hailey cried out: ¡°What do you know¡­ Jason meant everything for me¡­ Now he¡¯s dead, gone. What can you all do? What can I even do? I was so stupid to jump out there alone¡­ I should¡¯ve listened to him. If I did¡­ He wouldn¡¯t have died.¡± Jason, was the pillar for Hailey. He was what made her happy in this simulation, he was her emotional support. He was the pillar that kept her from breaking. Now that he¡¯s gone, Hailey finally breaks down. Peaches hugged Hailey, like how a elder sister would hug a younger sister to comfort her as she gently said: ¡°Jason wouldn¡¯t want you to die, not here. Not now. He chose to save you for a reason, he wouldn¡¯t want to see you like this. If you don¡¯t want to live for yourself, live for him. Live for his sacrifice.¡± Hailey wiped her tears as she grasped onto her rapier. The queen of rapiers, stood back up and charged towards the boss. Out in the distance, Peaches said: ¡°That¡¯s the Hailey we all know.¡± Peaches picked up her mace as she charged towards the boss.


    The 6 Vigilante¡¯s charged towards the boss, as they all dodged the bosses¡¯ lightning bolts. One by one, they attacked Loki. The Vigilante¡¯s dodged the lightning bolts here and there, while continuously slashing Loki. Loki yelled out in pain, as everyone else charged in. The weakness of the boss was clear now, numbers or speed was the only way to defeat him. One misstep into the lightning bolts and you were dead. Luke shouted: ¡°The more people we have here, the less lightning bolts is focused at one person, so let¡¯s do this guys!¡± Cheers were heard as players poured in, to confront the boss. Every clearer jumped on as they slashes the ever so desperate Loki. Loki shouted in agony as he attempted to slash his sword, however his movements were too slow as the clearers easily dodged them. After he attempted to slash the players, Luke shouted: ¡°His lightning aura is off! Let¡¯s finish him! Use your skills!¡± Hailey nodded as she charged towards Loki, She shouted out: ¡°This is for Jason, die you beast!¡± She activated Shining Starlight. Loki was struck by a multitude of skills. Blue glows could be seen everywhere on him, it was as if he was glowing. Loki¡¯s health dropped by the minute, and soon his enormous health reached to 4%, equivalent to Jason¡¯s max hp. Everyone backed off after using their sword skills, as they began to wait for the final scene. The final attack on the boss. The ray of light of hope could be seen as Luke gave the final order: ¡°Let¡¯s go, for Jason and the others, let¡¯s kill this piece of shit!¡± Cheers and yells could be heard as the clearers charged towards the boss. However suddenly, Loki started yelling as he glowed bright red. A enormous sphere encased him as it erupted around the entire boss room. Everyone was damaged, to 1% health. There was no deaths, no exceptions. Loki shouted in victory: ¡°FILTHY MORTALS, YOU SHALL NEVER OVERCOME ME.¡± He then shot a lightning bolt out, and¡­ It was at Hailey. Hailey thought to herself I guess¡­ This is the end for me. I¡¯ll be joining you soon Jason, wait for me. I¡¯m sorry I couldn¡¯t live up to your sacrifice afterall. Hailey closed her eyes, and embraced for the end. Unauthorized duplication: this narrative has been taken without consent. Report sightings.


    I suddenly regained consciousness with full health, underneath the rubble made by the bookcase. Was I dead? Was this heaven? No¡­ That can¡¯t be possible. This is the same bookcase I crashed into. Was it for some miracle glitch I survived? I can¡¯t be more thankful then. I carved my self a exit as I heard a enormous blast go off. I looked out from the hole in the rubble of the collapsed bookshelf. I shielded my eyes from the bright light, as I saw the boss charging towards a girl¡­ And immediately I saw her health was 1%. But who was she? I thought to myself That clothing¡­ No¡­ It¡¯s Hailey. I can¡¯t just stand here. I have to.. Save her. I leapt out using Sonic Dash, surpassing the ingame limits I was able to reach to Hailey before the lightning bolts hit her. I grabbed her hand as I dashed passed her and was barely able to dodge the lightning bolt. Hailey opened her eyes, as she cried out: ¡°Jason¡­? Am I dreaming?¡± I replied: ¡°It¡¯s alright Hailey, I¡¯m alive.¡± I put her down from my arms as she hugged me and cried out: ¡°I didn¡¯t know what I would do without you¡­ Do you know how upset I was when I saw your death¡­ Please¡­ Don¡¯t do it again Jason. All I want to do is be with you, so promise me don¡¯t die like that.¡± She cried as she hugged me. I accept her hug, as I looked towards Loki and shouted: ¡°You. I won¡¯t forgive you for making Hailey cry like this. The sorrow you put her through, is unacceptable. I¡¯m going to kill you myself.¡± Hailey then released herself from me as she said: ¡°Be careful!¡± I nodded as I took out my two swords. I charged towards Loki as beams of lightning were shot at me, I proceeded to dodge everyone of them. As I got closer, the faster the lightning bolts were. Just¡­ Ten more meters and I¡¯ll be in melee range to use Celestial Expansion. I charged through the hardest ten meters in my life, as I heard Luke saying: ¡°No way¡­ He¡¯s dodging all of that by himself? He¡¯s moving¡­ Faster than I can see¡­ This has to be beyond the system limit.¡± I pushed myself beyond the system limit, as I went faster, faster and faster. My blades glowed blue as I slashed Loki. Seventy Five slashes, onto Loki¡¯s body. All direct hits. After I finished my combo, I leapt out using Sonic dash as I returned to Hailey¡¯s side. By the time I was done, I saw everyone drink health potions as they regenerated their health. Once I touched the ground, I saw Loki¡¯s health drain to zero.


    After Loki¡¯s health dropped to zero, I looked around me as I heard cheers from players all around. Hailey rushed to me, as she literally poured herself on me. She cried out: ¡°I was¡­ So scared¡­ I don¡¯t what I would do in life without you. I was so scared when you were gone, I didn¡¯t know what to do.¡± I patted her back as I comforted her: ¡°It¡¯s alright Hailey, I¡¯m still here. As long as I¡¯m here I won¡¯t let anything happen to you.¡± She cried out: ¡°That¡¯s not the point! I don¡¯t want anything to happen to you either, I don¡¯t want to lose you again. I was afraid, when you were gone.¡± I said in a gentle tone: ¡°I promise, I won¡¯t do that again.¡± Her tears were beginning to dry as, she once again cried out what she thought: ¡°Jason¡­ It was¡­ All my fault¡­ If I hadn¡¯t rushed in like that¡­ You wouldn¡¯t have needed to take the risk. And you wouldn¡¯t have¡­¡± I took out the ring as I knelt down, her face despite having tears on it was beautiful. She looked a bit, confused for a second. Everyone around us stopped what they were doing and looked at us. I took her hand, as I said: ¡°Hailey, no matter what mistake you make, no matter what challenges we have to face together, I want us to be together. Our love for each other extends beyond this virtual world, I want to keep my promise to you which we made below the stars at that night. So Hailey¡­ Will you¡­ Marry me, and be my wife?¡± Wind blew as her long silky black hair was lifted, as she came closer to me. Our mouths came together, and for a quite a long time. Her face was red, she was blushing like a tomato. And tears of happiness was rising out from her eyes. She cried out: ¡°Yes!¡±


    As we were walking back towards the town, I realized something. Weird¡­ I got no notifications that I got any loot drops¡­ And then I heard a shout from Hailey: ¡°Oh my god¡­ It says here I¡¯m level 500¡­ The max level.¡± I checked mine in a hurry, and sure enough¡­ I was level 500 as well. Since there was one more person in the party, that being Jingxi I asked him to check his menu as well. He was¡­ Also level 500. Hailey asked me: ¡°Is this a glitch too?¡± I replied to her: ¡°Probably not, I think it was meant to be this way. But in any case, Jingxi will be enough to carry everyone to the tenth floor boss. I¡¯ll tell the others later, about our honeymoon and our private vacation together.¡± She nodded as she smiled: ¡°Alright! I can¡¯t wait!¡± I said happily: ¡°Yeah!¡±


    When we got to Shinpong for the clearer¡¯s burial, I held Hailey¡¯s hand and asked her: ¡°Uhh.. Do you think we should start finding wedding dresses for you?¡± She lightly blushed as she nodded. I replied: ¡°Hey don¡¯t be like that, I¡¯m sure you¡¯ll look real good in it. Hell, you¡¯ll look real good in anything.¡± She blushed as she said: ¡°Jeez Jason, you don¡¯t have to tease me like that.¡± I protested: ¡°But it¡¯s real!¡± During the burial, non of us in the Crimson Vigilante¡¯s spoke a single word. The white wolves¡¯s Vice leader, who was a boy probably as old as I was who had a relatively short gelled, light yellow hair, called Brian Kong had delivered a speech. We were only at the burial to attend and to pay our respects, since we weren¡¯t in charge of the raid we didn''t


    have to be the ones to explain the heavy losses. However, this boss raid was one of the most devastating boss raids. Out of the 125 players participating, 74 had died. This showed everyone, what would happen in boss raids if an idiot led it. Everyone, would die. The deaths of our comrades only strengthened our wills as we more than ever ready to challenge the 9th dungeon. The boss fight there, serves a catalyst to awaken the sleeping tigers within us all, the tigers which would lead us to victory.


    As everyone began leaving from the burial, me and Hailey made our leave as we returned to our inn. Inside our inn room, we were changing. Hailey changed out of her skirt, as she also took off her bra, exposing her D cup breasts. I blushed like a tomato as I stuttered when I asked: ¡°Hailey¡­ What are you doing?¡± She blushed as she said: ¡°I want us to be together, I don¡¯t care if this is a virtual world¡­ I want you to¡­ Take my first time.¡±As she said this, she said calmly: ¡°Disable NSFW protection.¡±

 Chapter 19.5: [NSFW] Virtually First time

    I looked at awe, at her half naked body. She was blushing like a tomato as I looked at her, and she stuttered: ¡°Don¡¯t stare too much¡­¡± I looked down at her breasts as I instinctively moved my hand. She moaned out: ¡°It¡¯s okay¡­ You can touch them. I touched her medium sized breasts, as I went down to squeeze her bright pink nipples. While squeezing and touching her breasts, our faces moved closer to each other, as we kissed having our tongues swirl around each other in both of our mouths. She stuttered as she moaned out: ¡°Ah¡­ Ah¡­ Something feels strange¡­ My body feels a bit hot.¡± As she said this I began to twirl my tongue around her nipples. I sucked on her nipples as her moaning became louder, she cried out: ¡°Please¡­ Stop a bit¡­ My¡­ Pussy feels like it¡¯s about to burst.¡± I ignored her and continued sucking on her nipples on one breast while playing around with her breasts with my free hand. She cried out: ¡°Ah, ah, ah¡­Somethings bursting out of my pussy¡­ So this is what [Cumming] must be like¡­¡±


    I then moved my hands and removed her white panties as she said: ¡°No no¡­ Wait, not yet!¡± After I removed them her tomato red blush was literally spread all across her face. Her pinkish red pussy was shown as she said: ¡°Don¡¯t look¡­ It¡¯s embarrassing.¡± I replied: ¡°No, it looks beautiful like you Hailey, you shouldn¡¯t be embarrassed of it.¡± Just as she replied: ¡°Really?¡± I pushed her down to the bed, as I began putting my finger inside her pussy, while using using my free hand to play around with her breast. She moaned hard, with her voice¡¯s pitch being the highest I¡¯ve ever seen. She moaned out: ¡°It feels¡­ good. With Jason touching me down there and also playing around with my breast at the same time¡­¡± I said: ¡°Hailey¡­ Are you feeling alright?¡± She nodded as she used a high pitch voice to say: ¡°Yeah¡­ It feels¡­ Good¡­ Ah¡­ Ah¡­ Somethings coming¡­ Out¡­ I¡¯m cumming again Ahh¡­¡± Something came out of her pussy immediately. A liquid which was like water but wasn¡¯t like water at the same time. I lifted my finger and put it to my mouth. Hailey cried out: ¡°Don¡¯t drink it! It¡¯s dirty¡­¡± I said: ¡°There¡¯s nothing dirty about Hailey¡­ Mhm, it tastes a bit salty.¡± She said: ¡°You idiot! we just came back from a boss raid¡­ You could¡¯ve at least drank it next time¡­¡± I replied to her: ¡°It¡¯s fine, because no matter what Hailey smells like, looks like, or is like I will still love Hailey¡­¡±


    She stuttered out: ¡°Jason¡­¡± She took out her hand and removed my pants and underwear. ¡°I want to be¡­ Connected with you. I want to be one with you!¡± She then turned around and laid down on the and continued on: ¡°So that¡¯s¡­ What a erected hard penis looks like¡­ I wonder if it¡¯ll fit¡­¡±   I said: ¡°Alright then¡­ I¡¯ll put it inside¡­¡± She nodded as she cried out: ¡°Put it in and be one with me, my beloved Jason!¡± I put the tip of my penis on the outskirts of her pussy. She said: ¡°It¡¯s alright¡­ Put it in.¡± I put it in as she moaned out a: ¡°Ahh..¡± I said confused: ¡°Why¡¯s there no blood? I thought¡­¡± She replied instantly: ¡°This is a virtual world silly! Of course there would be no blood even if it was my first time.¡± I nodded as I said: ¡°Oh right¡­¡± She seemed to be in a bit of pain, when I looked at her. She saw through me and knew what was I thinking and she said: ¡°It¡¯s alright¡­ It would be painful for you not to move right?¡± I nodded as I thrusted slowly. She moaned while saying: ¡°Ah¡­ You can¡­ Ah¡­ Move faster.. It¡¯s alright¡­¡± I thrusted faster as I said: ¡°It¡¯s like your pussy¡¯s trying to squeeze my dick¡­ She moaned as she replied: ¡°My hole¡¯s shape is turning into the shape of your dick¡­ Your dick¡¯s it feels like it¡¯s burning my pussy¡­ It feels like a burning rod is being shoved into my hole¡­!¡± As I continued thrusting I took both of her hands. We leant closer to each other as we kissed, and she moaned out: ¡°It feels good¡­ I can¡¯t describe this feeling I¡¯m having right now¡­ It just feels good¡­ So this is what sex with your love one feels like¡­¡± After thrusting for a minute or two more, I said: ¡°Hailey¡­ I think I¡¯m going to cum.¡± She replied while moaning: ¡°Let¡¯s cum together then!¡± I thrusted faster and faster as I said: ¡°Right! Together!¡± I shouted: ¡°Cumming!¡± As she said¡± ¡°Ah¡­ Ah¡­ Ah¡­ Let it inside me Jason! Make me yours!¡± I shot out a large amount of semen inside her as she came as well. She was immediately exhausted as her head laid flat on the pillow. She said: ¡°That felt¡­ Good. We should do it again sometime in our honeymoon.¡± I replied: ¡°Yeah we should.¡± The semen was still bursting as I asked her: ¡°Do you want me to take it out?¡± She said: ¡°No, it¡¯s alright I can¡¯t get pregnant here. And even if I could it would be alright¡­ I want us both to remember this time. So I want you to leave it inside¡­ So I can take it all in.¡± I replied: ¡°I¡¯ll definitely remember, the happiness I¡¯ve had with my time with you.¡± She nodded. After I took my penis out, she looked at her pussy. And she said: ¡°Wow¡­ It¡¯s still leaking out¡­ The semen feels like it¡¯s going to burn my pussy and turn it on fire¡­¡± I blushed after she said that. I looked at her pussy, it was still leaking white liquid. This narrative has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road. If you see it on Amazon, please report it.


    We slept together in our bed tonight, awaiting tomorrow, a bright day for sure. A day which we would plan out our wedding, and the day after which is when our wedding would take place. We both slept naked, and tonight¡­ Hailey slept with her semen filled womb. At this night, I wondered. If sex was this good for both me and her in the virtual world, how would it feel like in the real world?

 Wedding Preparations

    The next day had come, it¡¯s been a day since I¡¯ve proposed to Hailey. Yesterday when I proposed to her, I didn¡¯t even have the faintest idea of what I was planning for a wedding. This morning when I woke up, Hailey was already up to cook breakfast. I walked into the kitchen, and patted Hailey on her back. She looked at me, and I asked: ¡°Hey so¡­ What kind of wedding do you want? I don¡¯t really watch a lot of those romance shows.¡± She replied while laughing: ¡°Aw, Jason you¡¯re so oblivious.¡± I sighed: ¡°I know¡­¡± She saw that I was quite stressed out for it so she said calmly: ¡°Don¡¯t worry, I¡¯ll make a list of what we need¡­ At least of what I think we need.¡± I laughed and she said: ¡°It¡¯s not like I¡¯ve been married before!¡± She lightly blushed after saying that. I smiled, today was definite to be a good day for us.


    The time we spent cooking breakfast for everyone else was over fast, as the rest of the crew began pouring into our room waiting for breakfast. Breakfast was served, a normal breakfast. While we were eating our english breakfast, Jingxi spoke up: ¡°So uh Jason, what were you two doing last night?¡± I replied: ¡°What do you mean?¡± Jingxi laughed sarcastically and said: ¡°What noises was I hearing from your room?¡± At that moment both me and Hailey knew what he was talking about and I quickly said: ¡°It¡¯s not like that¡­¡± Luke spoke up against me: ¡°Yeah right, we all know you two had sex last night.¡± We both blushed as Peaches said in a friendly voice: ¡°So how was it like? From the words you said last night, it seems like you both had a good time¡­¡± Hailey spoke up while stuttering: ¡°It¡­ Was¡­ fun¡­¡± Leo dived into the conversation as he said in a loud voice: ¡°So when are you doing it again?¡± Hailey and I blushed like a tomato while saying in the same time: ¡°It¡¯s not like that¡­ We¡¯re not like that¡­¡± Everyone laughed as me and Hailey was being backed into a corner. For once in a life time, Terry spoke up in this conversation: ¡°Just leave them alone, anyway¡­ Are you guys going for your Honeymoon? Have fun!¡± Hailey nodded as she said: ¡°Jeez, finally someone who¡¯s nice.¡± We all laughed as she continued on: ¡°Yeah, we¡¯re heading on to the 5th island. That first town there, with crystal blue waters and golden sand beaches. We¡¯re buying a cabin there today after we finish our wedding preparations.¡± Luke changed tones from a teasing tone to a friendly one: ¡°You two have fun alright, put your trust in me. I¡¯ll make sure we all get the 10th dungeon without dying. Have your fun in your honeymoon.¡± Peaches nodded as she added in: ¡°Have fun there, also could I be your bridesmaid? And could Luke be Jason¡¯s best man? We¡¯d be both happy to be there for you two!¡± Luke nodded, laughed and said: ¡°Yeah, and don¡¯t worry I won¡¯t steal Hailey.¡± Jingxi went into the conversation as he said: ¡°Me, Terry and Leo¡¯s gonna be groomsmen. Right Jason?¡± I replied: ¡°Yeah, yeah I¡¯ll make sure you guys get a spotlight in the wedding.¡± Luke said: ¡°Well then thanks buddy, anyway we gotta go now and see the new island which we just unlocked.¡± Jingxi said: ¡°You gotta go see it and I gotta carry you, cause¡¯ I¡¯m max level.¡± Luke snorted and replied: ¡°That¡¯s only because you got lucky, if not you wouldn¡¯t be max level, anyway we¡¯re off. See ya.¡± After that they left the inn.


    After we cleaned up our room, me and Hailey went out to the teleporter to teleport to the first town. In the first town, we went up to the billboard nearby the teleporter. It was universally known as the ¡°notice board¡±. You had to pay 30,000 coins to get a slot there. For many normal players, that would be an expensive fee. But for higher levelled players like me and Hailey who held millions of coins in our savings. I bought a slot and put on the announcement: ¡°Everyones invited! Jason and Hailey¡¯s marriage. In Clearer¡¯s square. Free food, free everything. Takes place tomorrow!¡± After we put our notice on, we went into the teleporter as I looked in the list for the 1st town in the 5th island.   The name of that town was ¡°QingShuiShi¡±. After finding the town¡¯s name, I spoke up and said: ¡°Hailey, the towns name is QingShuiShi.¡± She replied: ¡°Ok, let¡¯s go then.¡± I nodded, as we went up into the teleporter and shouted: ¡°Teleport! QingShuiShi¡± After we arrived Hailey looked around as she smiled and said: ¡°Wow! It¡¯s so beautiful around here! I can¡¯t wait to buy a house here and spend my time with you here.¡± I nodded as I said: ¡°Yeah, we¡¯re going to have a great time here. Just you and me.¡±


    As we travelled around the safe zone in the golden beach, I saw several people there fishing. They were no NPCs, I could tell by their height and age that they were players like us. Players were living normal lives here, leaving their hopes of ever escaping alive to us clearers. Both me and Hailey didn¡¯t make noises, as we didn¡¯t want to attract attention. We were only here to buy our house after all. In the forest behind the golden beach, which was the edge of the safe zone,  expensive, but unowned two story log cabin, with all the furniture you¡¯ll ever need inside already. I asked Hailey: ¡°Those seem nice, should we buy them for our new home?¡± Hailey smiled as she said: ¡°It looks pretty nice and comfy don¡¯t you think Jason? It¡¯s like one of those wooden cabins from the fairy tales.¡± I smiled and replied: ¡°Yeah, I agree. It¡¯s perfect for us both. Hailey I went over to the log cabin and looked at it. The here was two palm trees next to the cabin, in both left and right. I went over to the cabin, and went to the ¡°For Sale¡± sign. I put my palm on it and it said: ¡°Cost price: 2,000,000 Coins. Are you sure you want to buy this?¡± I looked at Hailey as she put her hand on mine and nodded. The cabin was automatically transferred to my ownership, as it said: Successful purchase! New owner: Jason¡± Hailey hugged me as she said: ¡°Yay!¡± I put my arms around her as I said: ¡°After tomorrow when we¡¯re married, we can be together in our own little log cabin. At least until we fight the final boss. And once we get out, I promise we will be together.¡± She smiled as she replied: ¡°Make sure you keep your promise!¡± I nodded. Stolen story; please report.


    After purchasing the cabin, we teleported back to the first town, Shinpong. Hailey took my hand as she began running towards every single clothing shop and asking me to try on different suits. I tried on different suits, but I myself never really had a good fashion sense¡­ So I let her do the picking. After about 15 NPC shops, and more than a hundred suits, Hailey finally found the right one for me.  I tried the black suit on, with a white shirt underneath and a white bowtie. I whined: ¡°Every suit and bowtie is just about the same anyway.¡± Hailey replied: ¡°Jeez, have a little patience. You said you wouldn¡¯t mind.¡± I replied as I was changing in the changing room, while sighing: ¡°Fine¡­¡± I came out dressed in black trousers, with a black suit, white shirt and a black bowtie. Hailey looked around my outfit as she said: ¡°Perfect! This is the one perfect for you.¡±


    After I changed out of it and bought it for the wedding, Hailey checked the time. It was 3pm, as she said: ¡°Hurry, we still have lots of things to do before the day ends!¡± As we were running towards the shop for hiring NPCs, I asked her: ¡°What about your bridal gown? Did you buy one yet?¡± She nodded as she said: ¡°I¡¯ve bought the Bridal gown, at the 8th shop while you were changing. Well¡­ My mother always told me that it was bad luck for the bride to wear the bridal gown¡­¡± I sighed as I replied: ¡°I¡¯m sure you¡¯ll look good in it anyway. You¡¯ll look good in any clothing.¡± She lightly blushed as she said: ¡°You don¡¯t have to tease me like that¡­¡± I made a cross x shape with my hands as I replied: ¡°But it¡¯s true¡­¡± She sighed as she said: ¡°I guess you won¡¯t change anyway, but it¡¯s kinda what I like about you so it¡¯s ok¡­¡±


    We went all across Shinpong to different NPCs as we hired chefs to cook which cooked okay food and NPC musicians which played any music track you wanted it to play as long as it wasn¡¯t banned on the Chinese data base. After doing all of that we set the settings so that they would be automatically in the Clearer¡¯s square by 11am when the wedding started. We also had to go around renting tables, kitchen ware and tables for the wedding. Not only that but, we also had to hire venue NPCs which helped us collect gifts that would transfer into our storage automatically after the hiring time was expired, or if we manually asked them to.


    After the the whole wedding preparations, we returned to our room in the inn by 9pm. We ate an light dinner, and after that we went to bed. On the bed, I reviewed my storage of coins. Out of the 16.3 million coins I originally had, I now only had 12.2 million left. Hailey looked at my coin count tab too, as I saw that she was about to give me coins because of all that I spent for the wedding I said to her: ¡°It¡¯s alright, all of my coins are your coins. I will gladly give them up to you if you ask me to do so, I¡¯m fine with spending the money I earned with the guild when we levelled up. It doesn¡¯t matter, as long as you¡¯re happy. I¡¯m happy to give my life to you as long as you¡¯re happy.¡± Hailey gave me a small kiss, and after the kiss she said: ¡°You know I¡¯d never do that to you¡­ Because I love you.¡± I nodded as I said: ¡°I know, and I do too.¡± Hailey replied: ¡°Well, prove it tomorrow, when you put that ring on my hand.¡± I said: ¡°You know I will. Anyway, let¡¯s sleep. Tomorrow¡¯s a big day for us both. And a happy one for sure.¡± She replied to me while smiling and lightly blushing: ¡°After tomorrow we¡¯ll be together forever, I¡¯m looking forward to that¡­¡± I said: ¡°Yeah, we¡¯ll have all the time in the world to ourselves.¡± After that brief conversation, the natural force of [sleep] closed my eyes as I began to drift off to the darkness into my dreams.

 Wedding Bells

    I felt a small touch on my shoulder, it was a small poke. I turned over from the bed and saw Hailey, after I turned over she asked me: ¡°Jason are you awake?¡± I nodded while I smiled, I was always grateful ever since Hailey and I became engaged that we could share the same bed and see each other¡¯s faces. Today was the day we would become united as one family, after today she would be my wife. Hailey said: ¡°I¡¯m pretty nervous¡­ I¡¯m not sure what to do¡­¡± I replied to her fairly casually: ¡°It¡¯s fine, act like normal and you¡¯ll be fine. After all, this is a moment to enjoy and not to worry over, Hailey.¡± She nodded and smiled: ¡°You¡¯re right I guess¡­ I should enjoy today¡­ Because after today I¡¯m going to become your woman.¡± I laughed: ¡°Good that you get it, so let¡¯s enjoy today together alright?¡± We both got up, and while Hailey headed into Peaches¡¯ room to change I stayed here. I changed into my black suit and put on my black bowtie, I then went to the mirror and looked at myself. I felt a pat on my back, it was my best friend, Luke. I exclaimed: ¡°Ahhh! How¡¯d you even get in here?¡± He laughed and pointed at the door, it wasn¡¯t even closed. He then said: ¡°You must be pretty stressed out if you even forget to lock the door after Hailey went out, imagine if a female accidentally entered your room¡­ I can only imagine how funny it would be.¡± I stuttered out: ¡°You¡­ Shouldn¡¯t be joking¡­ Like that if you know¡­ How damn stressed I am¡­¡± He laughed and replied: ¡°Cheer up and relax, it¡¯s your day.¡± I replied less stressfully: ¡°Easy for you to say Luke¡­¡± ¡°Well it should be easy for you to go through this day as well, think of it more as a happy one.¡±


    I nodded and suddenly thought of something why was he here, and not with Peaches? I asked him immediately after realising that Peaches wasn¡¯t with him: ¡°Why¡¯re you even here, where¡¯s Peaches?¡± He laughed again, to my annoyance and then finally responded: ¡°Well you see Hailey went over to me and Peaches¡¯ room and Peaches kicked me out. So I came to this room, to get changed and try out this suit too.¡± I sighed: ¡°Well get your ass in the toilet and change.¡± He seemed disappointed and asked: ¡°Can¡¯t I change out here?¡± I shook my head and replied: ¡°No, I don¡¯t even know when Hailey would come back here so you stay in there.¡± While he was changing I heard him speak again: ¡°Wait a second, she isn¡¯t coming back¡­ You aren¡¯t gonna see her till you guys do that I swear to be together thing¡­ Isn¡¯t it bad luck to see the bride in the wedding dress before the vow part anyway? Luke came out of the toilet changed fully with a blue bowtie and black suit, and said: ¡°Well let¡¯s get the others, am I having the rings or is Peaches having them?¡± I replied: ¡°You¡¯re walking Hailey up, Peaches agreed to this right? In this day and age aren¡¯t best man¡¯s supposed to be single or something?¡± Luke nodded, and replied: ¡°Yeah but this is a wedding in a weird place anyway so, who cares. I obviously told Peaches, because if I didn¡¯t she¡¯d probably kill me. Ah woman, you understand me right.¡± I nodded and laughed: ¡°Yeah I get you man, anyway let¡¯s pick up on the pace and head over to Shinpong¡¯s Clearer Square¡­¡± We ran towards the teleporter and teleported to Shinpong.


    In Shinpong I saw a massive queue of people lining up to get into Clearer¡¯s square for the wedding. When I went through I heard shouts like these: ¡°Good luck on your wedding! Congratulations dude! Have fun today mate!¡± Everyone was cheering for me, and Luke nudged me and said: ¡°Everyone¡¯s here for you both. After all you and her are heroes of us all, the Dual Samurai and Sonic Piercer.¡± I nodded as I headed towards the main ceremony area. There was a long red carpet with thousands of white chairs on each side enough for everyone in the simulation to sit in right now. On both sides there was a bundle of flowers set up there to show everyone where the road was. I walked towards the stage, a white ceremonial hut like thing. In there, there was Leo and I waved to him and asked: ¡°Are you taking the role of making us vow to each other for the marriage ceremony?¡± Leo nodded and said: ¡°Yeah I¡¯m that one priest, I lost at rock paper scissors.¡± I laughed and said: ¡°At least you¡¯ll get more spotlight so look at it from a brighter side.¡± He laughed and replied: ¡°Guess so, anyway let¡¯s get ready people are starting to come.¡±


    In a mere hour the place was packed with several thousand of the simulation¡¯s players. I was fairly sure almost everyone if not every player came to this wedding. I heard the band start playing the ceremonial music as I tensed up. I was in truth pretty nervous for this movement so I tried my best not to look awkward and embarrass myself in the eyes of this many people. I readied myself to repeat the lines which Leo would say, and to put the ring which Peaches had on Hailey¡¯s ring finger. I heard footsteps come closer, and I saw Luke¡­ And next to him Hailey. She was in a elegant white wedding dress, the dress touched the floor and it matched her long black hair and ice blue eyes perfectly. I looked at her, she was wearing the sapphire blue ear rings from Peaches which matched the red on her cherry red lips, and also on her hair she had the Ice Bauhinia on her which matched her silky black hair and snow white skin perfectly. She was the most beautiful woman I¡¯ve ever seen. No, she was definitely the most beautiful in the world, no one¡¯s beauty would compare to hers. If you discover this tale on Amazon, be aware that it has been unlawfully taken from Royal Road. Please report it.


    She walked up the stage with Luke, as Luke then went over next to Peaches and nudged her. Peaches opened the ring boxes and gave the rings to both me and Hailey. It was the pair of rings I used to propose to Hailey. I received the ring from Peaches and walked towards Hailey, and then I put the diamond ring on her ring finger first. After that, I let her put her ring on my ring finger. Leo then directed us and used his hands to signal us that we needed to back off from each other one step. Everyone in the chairs was quiet, as if waiting for the moment to start. Leo began: ¡°Ok so I can¡¯t remember the full lines so I¡¯ll be shortening this.¡± Everyone laughed. He coughed and continued: ¡°For the husband and wife, please remember once you are married you are married forever. For this life and the next you will love each other forever, and will support each other forever.¡± Me and Hailey both nodded, and he continued on: ¡°Jason, do you take Hailey as your wife and promise to love her forever?¡± I said loudly and proudly: ¡°Yes!¡± I looked at Hailey, as she was about to make her vow. He continued on after I answered: ¡°Hailey, do you take Jason as your husband and promise to love him forever? Hailey replied quickly: ¡°Yes! I promise.¡± Leo then turned to the audience: ¡°So does anyone here have any objections towards the unifications between this man and woman?¡± He looked around and there was absolutely no one who objected us. After that, he spoke on: ¡°Since there are no objections, I now announce the unification of Jason and Hailey as husband and wife. Long live Jason and Hailey!¡± After he finished, I took one step towards Hailey and put my arms around her and put my lips on her mouth. She didn¡¯t resist and also put her arms around me and allowed me to do what I wanted with her. After our kiss, I looked around at the crowd. Everyone suddenly bursted into applause and cheers. I could her cheers of me and Hailey as I heard literally everyone shouting: ¡°Long live the Dual Samurai and the Sonic Piercer!¡± Tears was coming down from Hailey¡¯s face and I asked her: ¡°What¡¯s the problem?¡± She wiped them and replied: ¡°I just never thought this day would come so soon¡­ But I¡¯m glad it did, and I¡¯m glad I¡¯m with you right now right here.¡± I replied to her tomato red face: ¡°I¡¯m glad that I got to enter this simulation with you, that day I got chosen it was because of you. I have no regrets that I¡¯m in here with you, Hailey.¡± We went closer towards each other and put our arms around one another and put our lips together and kissed. Cheers could once again be heard from the crowd as everyone was cheering for our love. Leo then coughed and said: ¡°For all you single woman out there, remember to catch the flower, it brings good luck for relationships!¡± Hailey then remembered and about the flowers, and I said: ¡°Any time now.¡± She nodded and shouted: ¡°Catch! I wish the person who catches this to have a prosperous future!¡± She then threw the flower as literally every female at the venue tried to catch it. A long red haired female which I guessed was about 14 by her looks caught it. Both me and Hailey laughed.


    When we got off the stage, our friends was waiting for us there. Luke and Peaches congratulated us for finally getting married. Terry wished us the best of luck in our honeymoon and said he¡¯ll be visiting us in his free time. Hailey told him that he could come any time, and he thanked us. Jingxi came over and gave me a pat on the back and said: ¡°Well look far you¡¯ve come from a literally irrelevant student at school to everyone¡¯s hero here. Good for you.¡± I replied: ¡°Thanks buddy¡­¡± He nodded and went off with Luke. Leo rushed down after everyone else said their congratulations and congratulated us on getting married as well. He also gave us a small amount of coins to congratulate us on being married. I thanked him and took Hailey¡¯s hand as we went on to the cake. The cake was a Vanilla flavoured cake, with roses on top it was 8 floors tall. It was about as tall as Leo, if not taller. Luke shouted out: ¡°Who¡¯s ready for the mega sized large cake to be cut?¡± Everyone shouted: ¡°Me!!!!!!!!¡± I took out my Lion¡¯s Edge and let Hailey grab onto the handle and cut the cake. We cut the cake in half as everyone cheered.


    The rest of the day went on, as after the cake everyone had lunch and dinner. There were some games between lunch and dinner in which Hailey and I took part as players or referees sometimes due to our special status as being the main characters of this event. Today I could say was the best day of my life, I would definitely never forget today. After the night dancing, people started to head on back to their player homes. Hailey and I said goodbye to our friends, and went towards our new home and teleported to the 4th island¡¯s 1st town, Qingshuishi (Clear Water City). Hailey and I held hands on the way back to our home and I asked her: ¡°Did you¡­ Enjoy today?¡± She nodded, and said: ¡°Today was definitely the best day of my life so far, I want to keep making more memories with Jason. And when we go back to the real world, I want us to get really get married and to really start a family!¡± I nodded and said: ¡°Yeah, I want us to start a family in the real world too, but I can¡¯t wait for tomorrow too, because it¡¯ll just be the two of us.¡± She nodded and replied: ¡°I¡¯m very thankful you didn¡¯t die that day, or today wouldn¡¯t happen.¡± I looked back at the past and replied: ¡°As long as we love each other, there¡¯s nothing we can¡¯t overcome together.¡± She nodded her head in agreement as we both stuck out our hands on the golden doorknob and opened it together.

 [NSFW] Chapter 21.5 Bride on the bed.

    I walked around our new cabin, it was twice as large as our old rented room back at the inn. We also had furniture which we bought in from the day before. I walked around the cabin wandering around, admiring it for several minutes until I heard a call from the bedroom: ¡°Jason, can you come here?¡± I replied: ¡°Coming Hailey, I¡¯ll be right there just wait a bit.¡± I walked towards the bedroom where I heard the voice come from. In the bedroom, I saw Hailey with her wedding dress on but without a bra. Her bright pink nipples showed through the semi transparent white wedding dress. I instinctively looked at it for a second then took my eyes off it She covered a bit of her breasts with her arms and stuttered: ¡°Don¡¯t stare that much¡­¡± I regained control of the situation and finally managed to cough up a few words: ¡°I¡¯m sorry for interrupting you when you were changing¡­¡± She blushed bright red and shouted: ¡°Don¡¯t be so dense, you idiot Jason! You¡¯re making me more embarrassed¡­ The truth is¡­ I¡¯ve been itching for more ever since we did it two days ago.¡± I blushed and said: ¡°I do want to do it too¡­ But are you fine with it?¡± She replied: ¡°I said I wanted to do it. So¡­ Please give it to me¡­¡±


    With that she pulled down my pants and boxers, and she said: ¡°So it¡¯s already this hard¡­ You pervert Jason!¡± I blushed and said: ¡°I¡¯m sorry I couldn¡¯t help it¡­ With you looking like that already¡­¡± She continued on: ¡°But I also am a pervert for wanting your dick in me I guess¡­¡± I said: ¡°No way! You aren¡¯t a pervert in my eyes¡­¡± She replied: ¡°Thank you¡­ Jason.¡± She held my penis and began to move both her hands back and forth. I squirmed out: ¡°It¡­ Feels¡­ Good¡­ She said: ¡°Wow¡­ It¡¯s even harder now.¡± Without looking down I could feel the stiffness of it already increasing. She then began licking it with her tongue as she said: ¡°It tastes kind of salty¡­ Not as bad as most people say it is, it¡¯s fine with me¡­¡± She then backed away and asked me: ¡°Uh¡­ Do you think I could suck it?¡± She blushed while I replied to her blushing as well: ¡°I¡­ Guess¡­ So¡­¡± She wrapped her mouth around my penis and began sucking it, moving her mouth up and down. I let out a small moan, as she sucks it. I then pushed her to the bed after taking my penis out of her mouth and put my head nearby her vagina. She squirmed while talking her mouth off my penis: ¡°No! It¡¯s¡­ Dirty there¡­¡± I replied: ¡°If it¡¯s dirty, then I¡¯ll make it clean!¡± I then began to finger her vagina, inserting it. Liquid flowed out slowly, and it was fairly moist. I said: ¡°How¡¯re you this wet already¡­?¡± She replied while moaning: ¡°Be¡­ Cause¡­ I¡¯ve done¡­ it to myself before¡­ But having another person do it feels a lot better¡­¡± I teased her: ¡°Since you¡¯ve done it to yourself, what did you do it to?¡± She moaned back: ¡°¡­I¡­I¡­ Masturbated¡­ To you¡­ Everyday¡­ Before we lived together¡­ Don¡¯t make me say it you idiot!¡± I laughed and said: ¡°Alright then¡­ Let¡¯s continue.¡± I continued fingering her, as I eventually put my tongue and licked her vagina. It tasted, sour and salty, but looked like fresh raw meat. With a bright pink tone, it looked pretty tight. I looked up a bit from the hole and spotted the clitoris, and began sucking on it. She moaned out: ¡°Feels¡­ Good¡­!¡± After saying that she began sucking on my penis while moaning herself as well. The narrative has been taken without authorization; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident.


    I then began to feel like something was coming out, and sure enough seconds later, I came inside Hailey¡¯s mouth. Immediately after that, I heard her drink it all and moan: ¡°Ah, Ah, Ah¡­ I¡¯m¡­ Cumming!¡± Sour and salty liquid poured out of her vagina. I said: ¡°Hailey¡¯s juice tastes good.¡± She blushed even more than ever and said: ¡°You didn¡¯t have to say that upfront¡­¡± I replied to her: ¡°But it¡¯s true!¡± She replied to my reply: ¡°But still¡­¡± I ignored her reply and began touching her soft breasts as she let out short moans. She moaned out: ¡°Use¡­ Use my breasts like a hole¡­¡± She then put her hands on her breasts and moved them away from each other, creating a space for my penis go go in-between. I inserted it in between as I felt my penis colliding with a soft cushion as I thrusted between her breasts. Hailey moaned and began sucking it again as well. After 20 or so seconds, I came and shot out semen from my penis into her mouth. She licked her lips, careful not to waste any and said: ¡°Please¡­ Please put it inside me¡­¡± She then spread her legs, laid down on the bed and looked at me, inviting me to put it in. I accepted the invitation and put it in. She moaned: ¡°Ahhh!¡± in pleasure. I started thrusting in her, as I could hear the sounds of her juices coming out each time I went in and out. She moaned out: ¡°Thrust harder please! Whenever you thrust I feel good!¡± And so I began thrusting faster within her vagina, as her moaning paste increased as well. I felt good from her vagina, it felt soft, hot and smooth. At this point, I somehow got harder than I ever did in my life. My penis grew so big, that it managed to reach the tip of her womb. She moaned out: ¡°I can feel it! I can feel Jason¡¯s penis in my womb! It¡¯s so big!¡± While she said this, I began touching her breasts with my hand, fondling them around. I continued thrusting inside as she said: ¡°I can feel it! I can feel my insides changing to the shape of your penis!¡± I said: ¡°Does it really feel that good?¡± She replied to my reply: ¡°Ah¡­ Ah¡­ It feels so good¡­ Please¡­ Cum inside me so much that you can make me pregnant¡­ Even if this is a virtual world!¡± I thrusted faster as I said: ¡°Ah¡­ Cumming!¡± I then shot my largest load yet, into her Vagina. And after that she moaned out: ¡°AHHH!!! My pussy is cumming! It feels so good!¡± After we both climaxed, she poked my shoulders and asked: ¡°Do¡­ Do you want to uhm¡­ Do it again?¡± I blushed and nodded in silence. She then turned around with her ass facing towards me and she said: ¡°Please put it in¡­ Use my pussy for as much as you want! Fill it to the brim with your semen tonight please!¡± I replied: ¡°If that¡¯s what Hailey wants then¡­ I¡¯ll do it!¡± I put my penis in her and began thrusting.


    I have no idea how many times did we do it, but it was a lot. By the time we were done, semen was dripping from her vagina as she said: ¡°Thanks for tonight¡­ It felt good¡­ I wonder how would it feel like in the real world.¡± I replied to her: ¡°We¡¯ll find out soon, when we get out of here¡­¡± She nodded and smiled: ¡°Right! Promise me that you¡¯ll take my real life virginity!¡± I nodded and promised here: ¡°I, Jason Gan promise you that I¡¯ll take your virginity in real life¡­ Because I love you, Hailey.¡± She smiled, as I placed my hand over her and we both went to sleep.

 The Death Simulation Vol 2 (Synopsis)

    After clearing 8 horrid islands within the simulation which can lead to their lives ending, Jason and Hailey finally consummated their relationship with one another and eventually married one another inside the simulation, becoming husband and wife. They have been together for several days, if not weeks since their marriage, however while peace still seems to be ahead of them until they return to the front lines for the final fight¡­ Will their peaceful lives last? Can they stay out of trouble? Stay tuned for the second volume of The Death Simulation¡¯s first arc: Death Simulation. This book''s true home is on another platform. Check it out there for the real experience.

 Prologue: The end of beginning… Or the Beginning of the end?

    2nd day of the simulation, Day 200 within the simulation.


    Outside of the Simulation¡­ Beijing.


    A man walked into a room holding a black suitcase, where computers and screens with technicians everywhere, which seemed to be observing some kind of fantasy world, while others were stuck onto their screens seemingly monitoring something. Some sort, of graph, diagram and other ¡°things¡±.


    ¡°Sir, we¡¯ve completed collecting data on Project Bioroid.¡±


    The man which had just entered looked over at the shorter man, who had a bang going down his head, and spiky hair. The man spoke: ¡°Good job, Vice Director Wang. I assume we can start trial tests soon enough?¡±


    Wang bowed and replied: ¡°Thank you Director Zac! And yes, we can start trial tests soon¡­ We only need to obtain the top subjects from the simulation, and we have chosen quite a few. Here is the list.¡±


    Wang handed the list over to Zac, and Zac looked towards 7 players. He pointed to them and said: ¡°Move these players out of the main simulation room, have them wake up in the balcony where they can see the other survivors.¡±


    Wang nodded and ordered: ¡°Move players 4378, 4379, 4380, 4381, 4382, 4383 and 4384 to the observational deck above, make sure it¡¯s guarded at all times. Also make sure to disable 4378, 4379, 4380, 4381, 4382, 4383 and 4384¡¯s electrical execution functions. We don¡¯t want them dying.¡±


    Zac corrected Wang¡¯s order: ¡°You need not touch 4378 and 4379, I have tampered with those two myself already.¡±


    Some men and woman inside the room nodded, and stood up ready to move when Zac continued: ¡°Prepare a firing squad down at the podium where all the players are. Once they wake up, give 10-20 seconds for them to live, only because I want to see the other 7 suffer. I believe their anger from seeing all their fellow players die¡­ Would help the experiment.¡±


    The men and woman which stood up saluted, and left the room. Zac congratulated the vice director: ¡°Good job, now we can finally achieve what the President has always wanted. The communist alliance across the New USSR, the People¡¯s Republic of Korea, the People¡¯s Republic of Japan, the People¡¯s Republic of India and countless other communist states will remember you, and all of us as heroes. Today is the day we can celebrate as this technology is invented, and we ready forces to destroy capitalism once¡­ And for all. No organisation will stand before us, not even the United Nations.¡±


    Zac took out two glasses, and a wine bottle from his suitcase which was stuffed with countless other mysterious gadgets¡­ And put the glasses on one of the tables which the technicians were working on. He then poured the wine carefully into the glasses and handed one over to Wang. ¡°Cheers, Vice Director. Let us remember the day we start this process, with this magnificent bottle of Pinot Noir.¡±


    Both of the men took up the glasses, and a ¡°CLANK!¡± noise was made. They both drank the wine, tasting the fragrance and the exquisite taste of the vintage wine.


    Inside the Simulation, 4th island: Qing Shui Shi (Clearwater Town)


    The past few days had been quite peaceful and calm for me and Hailey. A black haired teen laid on his bed, with his eyes closed, yet surely awake. The teen opened his eyes, and saw a black haired girl, with crystal blue eyes sitting on his bed, who greeted him: ¡°Good morning d-e-a-r~¡± The story has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the violation.


    The teen wiped his eyes and asked sleepily: ¡°What time is it now¡­ Hailey?¡±


    Hailey replied to him: ¡°Uh¡­ 8am? Come on, get up Jason! There¡¯s lots of things we should do today!¡±


    Jason muttered: ¡°How about 5 minutes¡­?¡±


    Hailey shook her head and said: ¡°Jeez, you¡¯re always over sleeping¡­ Like always, even during our time as the top guild of this simulation¡­¡±


    Jason smiled and replied: ¡°But you were always the one to wake me up once you moved in right? Thanks to you I never got late again¡­¡±


    Hailey laughed and said: ¡°Well that¡¯s true but¡­ Jason needs to wake up by himself. What if I¡¯m not here anymore? How would you wake up?¡±


    Jason replied to Hailey: ¡°You will always be here! Because I¡¯ll always stick by you like glue no matter what, because I love you, Hailey.¡±


    Jason leaned in and kissed Hailey, and after a brief kiss Hailey said: ¡°I know you will¡­ And I¡¯ll always be next to you, no exceptions.¡±


    Hailey held Jason¡¯s hand and took him to their kitchen, where the most expensive cooking tools were all there. The quality of cooking tools in here, could even make the quality of a five star restaurant¡¯s kitchen dim. Jason asked Hailey: ¡°So uh¡­ What¡¯re we cooking for today?¡±


    Hailey looked at Jason and then looked at the ceiling, and after finally thinking of an answer, she answered his question: ¡°How about a classic english breakfast?¡±


    Jason nodded and replied: ¡°Yeah sure, I wanted to eat toast anyway.¡±


    They both began cooking, sizzling bacon, frying eggs, toasting toast¡­ And finally after cooking it, they ate what they cook.


    Jason said after the meal: ¡°Man¡­ Homecooked food is the best!¡±


    Hailey nodded and agreed: ¡°Yeah, it¡¯s better when you cook it yourself.¡±


    Jason replied to Hailey: ¡°But I would¡¯ve never knew how to cook if a certain someone didn¡¯t teach me.¡±


    Hailey laughed and said: ¡°Well¡­ You would¡¯ve known how to cook by yourself some day, seeing how much you love food.¡±


    After a brief laugh, they left the kitchen. They both then went into their bedroom, and took out some different 8th island level clothing to avoid having a crowd crowd them. Jason chose a set of completely black shirt and pants, while Hailey took out a hoodie which had a mixture of white and yellow, beneath the hoodie she had a ., similar to her old outfit as well.


    After putting his clothes on, Jason said: ¡°We should do fine with this level of Armor, it¡¯s from floor 8. In anycase, we can always put the other clothing in storage and use it whenever we need to.¡±


    Hailey nodding her head she replied: ¡°Yeah, I agree¡­ Anyway it would get a lot of people crowding us if we had our original outfits on.¡±


    Jason said: ¡°Yeah, but I don¡¯t really get why you¡¯d go so far as to use a hoodie. It¡¯s not really that necessary right¡­?¡±


    Hailey sighed: ¡°Unlike you, somehow they all remember my face and hairstyle¡­¡±


    Jason replied smiling: ¡°That¡¯s because they all sigh at your beauty, Hailey.¡±


    Hailey gave off a small laugh: ¡°Comon now, that¡¯s enough flirting from you.¡±


    They both laughed, and Jason asked Hailey: ¡°So where should we go today? We¡¯ve been to pretty much everywhere.¡±


    Hailey shrugged and replied: ¡°Why don¡¯t we go to the town square? Let¡¯s see what kind of places can we go¡­ We¡¯ve oughta missed somewhere right¡­?¡±


    Jason nodded, and took Hailey¡¯s hand and they both walked towards the door.


    Qing Shui Shi (Clearwater Town) Town Centre, Teleporting area. 4th Island


    ¡°It never ceases to amaze me how realistic they managed to make this place¡­ I thought this place was made for punishment and torture¡­¡± Jason said.


    Hailey replied: ¡°Well¡­ We can die in here, so it is punishment in a sense¡­ Maybe they have some other objective¡­¡±


    Jason nodded and said: ¡°Well, whatever it is, it doesn¡¯t concern us any bit. We¡¯re just here doing our own thing¡­ In any case I think this simulation has been a bliss for us, thanks to it we¡¯ve been allowed to meet each other.¡±


    Hailey smiled replied: ¡°Yeah, I wouldn¡¯t choose any other path either.¡±


    Just as they were about to kiss, a young long autumn haired girl which looked like she was around 13 appeared. She screamed: ¡°Someone help! Please!¡±


    ¡ªEnd of Prologue¡ª

 Rescue

    Jason and Hailey walked over to girl, and Jason asked her: ¡°So uh¡­ What do you need help for?¡±


    The girl blinked for a second and cried while replying: ¡°Please mister! Help me and my friends, they¡¯re stuck in some sort of a mini dungeon here! They said the monsters there were too high levelled to clear out¡­ But if no one rescues them their going to die by hunger! Please mister help them!¡±


    Hailey stroked the girl¡¯s hair and asked her: ¡°Did they say what level?¡±


    She nodded and replied: ¡°Around 230 to 250¡­¡±


    Jason and Hailey exchanged stares, and they both knew that¡¯s the level of the monsters in the 6th island¡¯s higher level dungeon and the 7th island¡¯s monsters outside of the dungeon. That¡¯s weird¡­ This kind of trap hasn¡¯t existed before.¡±


    Interrupting their thoughts the girl asked them: ¡°What island are you guys on?¡±


    Hailey replied: ¡°Uhm¡­ We¡¯re just players from the 8th island¡­¡±


    In someways, this was a lie because they could obviously go onto the 9th island with the main clearing group¡­ But in another form, it was the truth as they never stepped foot onto the 9th island. The girl enthusiastically asked: ¡°So are you a clearer?¡±


    Deciding to tell her some part of the truth, Jason nodded at Hailey and said: ¡°Nope¡­ We decided to take a break from clearing the game, but we¡¯re around level 280 so we can help you.¡±


    The girl jumped happily and tears couldn¡¯t stop flowing from her face. Whether they were tears of happiness for her friends being saved, or her tears of sadness for worrying about her friends, both Jason and Hailey couldn¡¯t figure out, but decided it was for the best to not know.


    After a while of seeing the young girl¡¯s tears flowing out like a river, Jason asked the girl: ¡°So what¡¯s your name?


    She replied: ¡°My name is Raven, Raven Liu. Could I ask the same for both of you to introduce yours?¡±


    Hailey and I nodded, as we both understood the need to hide our real names for the sake of our own sanity. I then introduced myself: ¡°I¡¯m Terry Wong and¡­¡±


    Hailey continued on where I left off: ¡°I¡¯m called Miriam Tan- Wong.¡±


    Ravennodded and asked us both: ¡°Would you both please follow me?¡±


    She walked towards the teleporter and said: ¡°I think they¡¯re at Heshi (Lake Town) ¡­¡±


    She shouted: ¡°Teleport! Heshi!¡±


    Hailey and Jason held hands and walked towards the teleporter, where they both simultaneously shouted: ¡°Teleport! Heshi!¡±


    A blue light encircled the three players as they teleported away from Qingshui Shi.¡±


    Arriving at Heshi, it was a town constructed in the middle of the lake, with a bridge connecting to four sides of the map. Passing any of the bridges would lead you out of the safezone, and that was a tip easily given off by the NPC guards which were stationed there.


    The town was like a typical old style Chinese city, full of ancient chinese buildings. But in the middle of the town, there was a huge tower, made of something like crystal, and was not Chinese architecture. This tower¡¯s colour was as blue as the waters of the lake surrounding the city.


    After looking around briefly, Jason and Hailey both looked Raven, looking at her to signal that they were ready to head out with her to save her friends.


    The trio walked towards the exit of the town, and through the forest surrounding the lake. The forest contained trees that Jason hasn¡¯t seen in a long long time before. Don¡¯t these trees bring back old memories¡­ Back then when Searing and his wife was still around¡­ Guess those were the better and earlier days of this dreaded death simulation.


    Snapping Jason out of his thoughts, Raven said: ¡°We¡¯re here¡­ If you step here¡­¡±


    Raven pointed to the ground just about a meter away. ¡°Then you¡¯ll fall down to the dungeon, and the ground will be remade into an immortal object within 5 minutes, with a invisible wall blocking your way out¡­ I was only able to talk to my friends for 5 minutes¡­ I don¡¯t even know where they are¡­¡±


    She started crying, when Hailey put her arms around Jerry. She said in a comforting tone: ¡°Trust yourself¡­ Be proud that you had the courage to come back here and ask for help.¡± The story has been taken without consent; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident.


    Raven nodded, and stopped her tears. She wiped the remaining tears off her face, and stepped towards the zone. The trap then instantaneously activated, and they could hear her scream as she fell down.


    Jason and Hailey walked towards the hole, holding hands as Jason asked: ¡°You ready?¡±


    Hailey gave a nervous nod, obviously scared. They then both jumped down the dark passage.


    Hailey screamed, as she was scared. She knew anyone would be, but she was still quite scared. However, warm arms encircled her and she looked up. It was Jason, and he said: ¡°It¡¯s fine if you¡¯re scared, just tell me alright?¡±


    Hailey nodded and put her head onto Jason¡¯s torso. After Hailey stopped screaming for two seconds, Jason and her couldn¡¯t hear the screams of their guide Raven. Falling for approximately 10 more seconds, they saw they were teleported into what appeared to be a¡­ cave entrance.


    The couple looked down after they felt something touching their footwear. It was stone, stone ground. They were in a cave entrance, with a door which probably led out of that safezone. The entrance was quite spacious, and there was several lootable plants here.


    After seeing his surroundings Jason understood this was obviously designed by the developers to be a trap, with the players needing to go through the dungeon to return back safely.


    The couple heard a shout from the back of the cave, where there were seven players on red health. It was a feminine voice, one they recognised: Raven¡¯s. ¡°Over here! Quickly, take out some potions!¡±


    Jason shouted: ¡°Take out 3 Ice potions, Inventory!¡± A bag of seven ice potions appeared in his hand, and he gave them to three red health players after reaching them.


    Jason said: ¡°Here, take this. You¡¯ll be a lot better after you do. It¡¯s a 8th island potion, it should regenerate your health.¡±


    Jason gave it to each individual within the group. Totalling 3 players, 1 female and 2 males.


    After they helped the group, a male with a relatively tan yellow skin, brown hair and barely shorter than I was which was relatively taller than the rest introduced himself: ¡°I¡¯m Jeremiah, Jeremiah Tang¡­ But you can call me Jerry.¡± I¡¯m the eldest here, and also the leader of our party. I¡¯m almost 15 if it¡¯s anything relevant. In any case, thanks for saving us. Rest of you, don¡¯t be shy introduce yourselves.¡±


    The female and male nodded, the male with black spiky hair, his height being a head lower than Jason¡¯s, took the initiative.: ¡°My names Brian Yu¡­ I¡¯m 13 as well¡­ Comon sis, introduce yourself¡­¡±


    The brunette, loli sister looked at him and then introduced herself: ¡°I¡¯m 12¡­ And my names¡­ Marie Yu¡­¡±


    Jason then introduced both himself and Hailey: ¡°My names Jason, and this is Hailey. I¡¯m 17, and she¡¯s 16. We¡¯re both ex-clearers from the 8th Island.¡±


    Talk quickly got around between the 3 players before Raven finally spoke in a louder voice and coughed: ¡°So uh, do you guys know the way out yet?¡±


    Noticing she wasn''t talking to Jason and Hailey, but to himself, Jerry responded: ¡°We barely got out of the first corridor alive¡­ It¡¯s going to take a lot more to survive.¡±


    Jason then spoke up: ¡°Before we go, can we ask to have all the food ingredients which the mobs drop?¡±


    Strange request, but it¡¯s not like we any¡­ Jerry honestly answered Jason: ¡°Yeah no problem, we don¡¯t need any.¡±


    Jason nodded and said: ¡°Right then, could you invite Hailey and I into your party, so you can gain the party experience you¡¯ll get?¡±


    Jerry replied gratefully: ¡°You¡¯d do that? Invite player Jason and player Hailey to party. Thanks a lot!¡±


    Hailey said while she and Jason accepted the party invites: ¡°It¡¯s fine really, we can both benefit from this so I don¡¯t see reasons to not party.¡±


    Jason, changing the subject to the dungeon said: ¡°So are we going in now?¡±


    Jerry nodded, as he opened the dungeon door. The dungeon was a cave, like any other traditional cave in the real world. It¡¯d be what you expect when you read those books with cave adventures, a cave with some moss on the top, some grass here and there, some bats which wouldn¡¯t harm you, etc.


    They continued walking through the cave complex when the six players saw the first monster named: [Gatekeeper Cave Goblin].


    As soon as they saw the large green Goblin in armor, the AI in the simulation had automatically instructed the goblin to attack. Jason and Hailey both drew out their weapons and told the group to stay back. Jason only took out Lions Edge, which was the katana with the highest stats in his inventory, as he didn¡¯t want to reveal himself as the only duel wielder in the whole simulation.


    Hailey unsheathed her Striking Light rapier, and nodded at Jason, who understood what she meant. He took out his Lion¡¯s Edge and simply ran towards the Gatekeeper, who was too slow for him. Compared to a boss¡¯s attacks, yours are nothing!


    The gatekeeper attempted to hack him away with his two axes, using a axe skill for monsters, Chop. However, thanks to his incredibly high reaction speed, instinct and experience, Jason easily dodged the attack. He then slashed the Gatekeeper once, who disappeared into dust after his HP bar reached 0, which was on the contrary, immediately.


    The party cheered, with hope that they could live another day thanks to the two higher level players helping them. However, after moving into the next room, after a turn in the corridor, the four players which had cheered lost hope.


    Jason said: ¡°Hailey and I can handle this, just stay back and don¡¯t aggro the monsters.¡± The four nervous players nodded.


    Jason smiled at Hailey, both knowing that their new party is in for a heck of a surprise if they think the duo can¡¯t win.


    The duo went towards the cave room¡¯s entrance, where there had to be at least 20 goblins which were at least level 260 waiting to greet them. Their name tags all read: [Royal Goblin Guard].


    Raven was scared, if the duo lost¡­ The AI would surely lead the goblins to them, and because of how far in they were in the dungeon already they wouldn¡¯t survive. Yet she couldn¡¯t help notice the mischievous smile the duo gave off, as if they knew there was no chance of them losing. She¡¯d only wished she was as strong as them, able to smile in the face of danger¡­


    Noticing the thoughts of doubt for their newfound party members from the girl next to him, Jerry patted her back and said: ¡°It¡¯ll be alright, I know they can win. But if they don¡¯t, I¡¯m just sayin¡¯ if¡­ You all run back to the safe point, and hope that you can clear the gatekeeper for food again and again till the clearers finish this dreaded simulation.¡±


    Jerry unsheathed his greatsword from his back, ready to confront the Goblins, and to protect his party.


    Raven understood him, like the duo over there, Jerry is ready to protect us¡­ Like that time before¡­ When I was about to be killed¡­ He saved me. But is it only that he saves everyone¡­ Or did he intentionally save me¡­ The way he¡¯s been treating me¡­ I can¡¯t help but notice something¡¯s different to the way he treats others. Yet¡­ He treats the others the same as well¡­


    The four other party members in the distance in the corridor watched, as the battle was about to unfold. With feelings of non existent sweat coming down their entire body, they watched with fear that their newfound friends would lose.


    The duo both unsheathed their weapons once more, and went in a fighting stance ready to fend off all 25 of the Goblins there.


    Thus, the fight between the two strongest players and 25 goblins was about to begin¡­

 Feelings from the heart, just with Goblins I

    The duo took their stances, protecting each other¡¯s back. They seemed to have perfect synchronisation. Their swords glowed with light, and they clearly were about to execute some sort of skill on the goblins.


    Jason activated his sword skill Infinity Slashes, slashing away at 14 goblins and one shoting any that came near him. His skilful footwork allowed him to dodge any sword attacks which the goblins threw at him, none of their green glowing weapons managed to reach him.


    Jason thought too easy. These goblins were no match to him and Hailey, who had been through literal hell.


    Jason¡¯s blade moved like his own arm did, it was literally the extension of his arm as he slashed the first two goblins in his way.


    When the two were slain, three came rushing at him with the in-game skill Flash Charge, trying to avenge their fallen comrades by making their sacrifices a good use to their group¡¯s attacks. The goblins were soon confused, as the human they had been chasing was nowhere to be found.


    Suddenly, one of their comrades screamed. All the others looked, and it had a glowing blue blade in it¡¯s chest, piercing it¡¯s armour from the back. Several more goblins came charging at Jason¡¯s way, and the others suffered the same fate. The human¡¯s silhouette teleported out of their vision, as if there was magic for him to do so.


    The other members of the party looked in awe, Jason had landed all 14 hits of his sword skill on the goblins, with each one killing one. Jason shouted to the distance, where Hailey had been just running off and fending off the Goblin¡¯s attacks: ¡°Come on, stop fooling around Hailey.¡±


    Hailey sighed activated her skill Heavenly Piercer and like Jason, controlled her weapon like her arms. However, her fighting was much more graceful, elegant than Jason¡¯s. Using skilful dancing like footwork, she easily dodged any attack coming her way. As if she was in a performance, and the goblin¡¯s were her assistants.


    One by one, they were pierced using the diamond rapier she held, and disappeared into dust. Hailey then returned to Jason¡¯s side, and Jason said: ¡°I killed 14, you killed 11¡­ Do I get any reward?¡±


    Hailey laughed and said: ¡°How about a kiss on the cheek?¡± Immediately after saying that, Hailey¡¯s face went closer to Jason¡¯s cheeks and her lips touched his cheeks, kissing it.


    Jason replied after: ¡°You¡¯ve become more daring¡­¡±


    Hailey blushed in light red, and said: ¡°Well¡­ After you know what happened¡­ I can¡¯t really think of much of the things we did before being embarrassing anymore¡­¡±


    Jason nodded and replied: ¡°I sorta understand I guess¡­¡±


    After their brief conversation, which lasted for seconds only the rest of the party entered the room.Jerry had been the first one to enter, and also managed to hear the entire conversation.


    If onlyJerryand I were like that¡­ If only he liked me at all¡­ I wish I had the courage to ask, but I don¡¯t even know what I have to do¡­


    Being stuck in her thoughts, left Raven wide open. With Jason and Hailey distracted with each other, they were not aware that there was a Goblin creeping towards Raven.


    The Goblin activated his sword skill Flash Charge to quickly move over with his one handed longsword, to kill Raven. If that sword reached her, she would¡¯ve been done for.


    Raven saw the Goblin, but it was already too late. It was going to kill her, and it was her fault for being ignorant and defenceless.


    Just then, a silhouette of a person which was taller than her had appeared in front of her, taking the full attack in his abdomen, reducing his health to red and rendering him unable to move away due to disabling one of his legs. Raven looked up and saw Jerry, who said: ¡°I¡¯m sorry it had to be this way¡­ But before I go I just wanna say I¡­¡±


    The goblin slashed down for his second attack, Jason jumped in with his Katana and broke the blade with the sword skill Energy Slash and the longsword was broken in half. The Goblin, despite being a AI could tell when to run and fear, and this was one of the times. The Goblin ran as fast as it could, but it was no much for the speed produced by Jason¡¯s Flash Charge. His katana had reached the goblin¡¯s head by the time it could scream, which was a mere millisecond away from it¡¯s demise.


    Hailey took out a potion for


    Jerryand asked: ¡°Are you alright? He nodded ¡°Here, drink the potion.¡±


    Jerry took the potion and drank it, and immediately after his health was restored to green,Raven hugged him, placing her face on his chest, knowing that he wouldn¡¯t die due to a hug no matter how hard, since his health was green again.


    Tears flowed through her face, flowing like a river, she cried like a baby. She asked him tearfully. while having a reddish blush on her face: ¡°Why¡­? Why¡­? Why would you risk¡­ your life¡­ for me? I was so worried¡­ If you had died that moment¡­ Our party¡­ Would fall apart¡­ I would fall apart.¡±


    Not answering the first question,Jerry patted her back and said: ¡°It¡¯s alright now though¡­ I promise I won¡¯t do anything like that again alright?¡±


    Ravenasked him: ¡°You¡­ You promise me?¡±


    Jerry nodded and said: ¡°Yeah, it¡¯s a promise. I promise I won¡¯t worry you like that again.¡±


    Ravenwiped the tears from her face and said: ¡°Then¡­ Then¡­ It¡¯s a promise.¡± This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road. If you spot it on Amazon, please report it.


    As the party continued to walk on, towards the corridors of the Cave, Jason said to Hailey in a low voice: ¡°Deja Vu of ourselves?¡±


    Hailey nodded, smiled and replied: ¡°Definitely¡­ Except back then you actually confessed, unlike a certain someone here.¡±


    Jason showed a mischievous smile: ¡°Well, let¡¯s be thankful we¡¯re not as dense as these two are¡­ After all ones 15 and ones 13, they¡¯re both definitely not knowledgable about relationships.¡±


    Hailey said in contrast to what he said: ¡°Well¡­ I¡¯d like to bet that if another moment like that happens¡­ it¡¯s going to work out between them.¡±


    Jason replied to her: ¡°Maybe, maybe. Who knows, we¡¯ve only met them a few hours ago¡­¡±


    Hailey said: ¡°That¡¯s true but, you can obviously tell they have mutual feelings for each other. The girls a lot more obvious, but for the boy you could only tell from what he was about to say.¡±


    I replied to her again: ¡°Cliche, that line he said is such a Cliche line¡­ Like every other dense character from any series.¡±


    Hailey then poked my cheek and said: ¡°Like you aren¡¯t the same, how much moments did we have together until you confessed?¡±


    Jason replied defensively: ¡°Well¡­ I was trying to keep it together until we won the simulation¡­¡±


    Hailey kept going: ¡°How well did that go for you Mr. Excuses?¡±


    Jason then finally sighed and said: ¡°Not good, ma¡¯am.¡±


    Hailey laughed and replied: ¡°Good, well I¡¯m going to hopefully be able to help the girl sort out her feelings, you coming with?¡±


    Jason and Hailey both walked slower, as Hailey approached Raven who was just right behind them. Hailey asked her to walk next to her, and once they were 3 meters away from the rest of the party, Hailey directly asked Raven quietly: ¡°So, what¡¯s your relationship between you and him?¡±


    Raven¡¯s face quickly flushed blood within it, from embarrassment. Raven replied while stuttering: ¡°No¡­ thing¡­ Wha¡­t what¡­ are¡­ you¡­ you¡­ talking¡­ about?¡±


    Hailey smiled and started playing her cards: ¡°He¡¯s cool and handsome, he¡¯s even willing to give his life up for a girl¡­ If only I had a prince like him, he¡¯s every woman¡¯s target. So¡­ Would it be fine if I dated him?¡±


    Raven was desperate, she knew she had nothing on Hailey (Miriam)¡­ Hailey was in a way superior to her in everyway¡­ She was more experienced, stronger in the game, and as for looks¡­ Nothing could be said. So she shouted in desperation: ¡°No!!! Jerry¡­Jerryis mine!¡±


    Hailey laughed a bit, and so did Jason in the back. Thankfully for Raven¡­ Thanks to Jason distracting the other¡¯s behind, no one heard her confession. However, despite this Raven quickly realized: She had fucked up. Her originally beet red face, became bright tomato.


    She quickly pulled Hailey¡¯s arm and begged her: ¡°Please don¡¯t tell anyone¡­ I¡¯ll do anything!¡±


    Hailey laughed and replied: ¡°Don¡¯t worry, I won¡¯t tell¡­ Anyone but Terry, but he won¡¯t tell anyone either.¡±


    Raven quickly sighed and said silently: ¡°Thanks¡­ So since you know¡­ Could you give any advice? You seem to be with Terry already so¡­¡±


    Hailey replied to Raven: ¡°Take the right time, it¡¯s obvious he likes you too. The words he was about to say in his mouth, ah that reminds me of what Terry was about to say.¡±


    Raven then suddenly realised, that¡­ They had the same last name. Wouldn¡¯t it be incest if they were together? I¡¯d better ask.


    ¡°Miriam?¡± Hailey replied: ¡°Mhm?¡±


    ¡°Isn¡¯t it incest¡­ if you¡¯re in love with Terry¡­? Not that I¡¯m against it or anything¡­¡±


    Hailey let out a chuckle and replied to Raven: ¡°Well¡­ We aren¡¯t really brothers or sisters¡­ We¡¯re just married in game, so I preferred to use his surname.¡±


    Raven said her thoughts in her mind, without knowing what she was saying: ¡°I wish I could be like you and Terry¡­ If only he or I confessed¡­¡±


    Hailey smiled and replied: ¡°Well¡­ We did go through a lot, but eventually.¡±


    Raven covered her mouth, blushed beet red and asked: ¡°Did I¡­ Do it again?


    Hailey chuckled and said: ¡°Yep.¡±


    Raven sighed, and asked: ¡°So did you fall for Terry¡­ How long?¡±


    Hailey replied with a light blush: ¡°Well¡­ We go back in around during the start of the death simulation¡­ We met on the train¡­ And our first kiss was well¡­ An accidental one. But he¡¯s been kind to me, and we got into a guild of several other players. Everyone was nice, just that everyone knew that we liked each other¡­ It was kinda obvious, and in the 6th island he confessed to me after I cried on him, because he nearly died.¡±


    Raven said: ¡°I wish¡­ We had those kind of experiences.¡±


    Hailey replied to Raven: ¡°Some of them, you don¡¯t want. But I don¡¯t regret coming here, meeting Ja- Terry was the best thing that ever happened to me.¡±


    Raven sighed and said: ¡°I don¡¯t know¡­ I have mixed feelings.¡±


    Hailey gently touched Raven¡¯s hair and replied: ¡°Give it time, give it time and you¡¯ll both know what to do.¡±


    Raven nodded, as a goblin suddenly appeared next to her. However, this goblin wasn¡¯t able to lay a finger on Raven, as it was immediately stabbed by Hailey.


    Jerryshouted to Raven who was on the floor: ¡°Raven!!! Are you alright?¡±


    He extended his hand to her, which she took. Jason and Hailey let out a small chuckle, suppressing it as much as they could since they both knew what was going on.


    After getting back up, Raven blushed beet red and asked Jerry: ¡°Uhm¡­ Could¡­ you¡­ Could you release my hand?¡±


    Jerrynoticed her was still holding Raven¡¯s hand, and he lightly blushed¡­ But anyone could tell he was embarrassed by the events that had just transpired. He replied: ¡°Yeah¡­ Ok.¡±


    He let go of her hand and Jason whispered to Hailey: ¡°Reminds me of us, back in the day.¡±


    Hailey nodded: ¡°Yep, I wonder how it¡¯s going to turn out here.¡±


    The party began marching through the corridors, with Jason and Hailey on the front, slashing through everything in their path.


    Luckily for the party, there was only one path forward. One thing was certain: This wasn''t a maze.


    Royal guards, Elite Royal Guards, Knight-Captains, Paladins, Star-Paladins¡­ None of these titles mattered to the duo in front of the party. No matter how much came, it was the same as the first room. A slaughter, a one hit kill.


    The four other players in the party were reminded, how ferocious and strong their new friends were¡­ And to never get on their bad side¡­ Especially not in this simulation.


    The party soon approached the final corridor, where there was two goblins named: ¡°Devilish General of Goblins¡± and the other was called ¡°Supreme Knight of the Goblins¡±. Both rushed towards Jason and Hailey, however they were easily sidestepped.


    Jason and Hailey unsheathed their swords, and rushed towards the goblins. For the first time¡­ The goblins managed to use their swords to block Hailey and Jason¡¯s basic attacks. It was a two on two fight. Jason and Hailey showed no signs of cooperation¡­ Because the simply didn¡¯t need any.


    The goblin¡¯s attempted a counter attack, but Jason sighed and said to them: ¡°And here I hoped that you¡¯d actually provide a challenge¡­ Being the highest rank besides the miniboss¡­¡±


    Jason sidestepped the goblin¡¯s counter attacks, while shouting: ¡°Switch.¡± Hailey, who was busy sidestepping her goblin, suddenly activated Flash Charge and pierced the goblin which had been fighting Jason. She then removed her rapier from it¡¯s body, which dissipated into dust as she took it out.


    Jason leapt away from the scene, and after witnessing all this, the final goblin still decided to go for an attack. The goblin¡¯s silver longsword glowed green, as it activated the in-game 4 hit skill Tetra Scrapper. Jason easily blocked all four slashes without even activating the skill, skilfully positioning his blade to meet the fast speed of the skill.


    Immediately after the skill ended, the goblin attempted to run. But anyone who watched knew, it was just being toyed with. And Jason ended it¡¯s miserable existence with the one hit slash skill Energy Slash, and it¡¯s life ended with a blue blade separating it¡¯s body in half.


    The party approached the miniboss room¡¯s door. The door¡­ wasn¡¯t much for a door. It was simply a chinese architecture styled door, like those from government buildings. Jason asked the party: ¡°So, are you guys ready?¡±


    Jerrynodded nervously and said: ¡°Yeah¡­ We should be fine¡­ Especially if we have you to.¡±


    The others in the party nodded, as Jason said: ¡°Well then, let¡¯s go.¡± He opened the door, as light showed from the room and the party went in¡­

 Feelings from the heart, just with Goblins II

    Within the ¡°cave¡±, there was a large hole in the ceiling of the boss room. Sunlight and dust was seen from this hole, and from the hole anyone could see that there was grass, trees, animals outside. There was a throne made of stone, and behind that throne was the way out: A door made of iron, like the boss room¡¯s door.


    The boss room was spacious, filled with weapons that were unable to be interacted with by players. Gold coins, treasures and other jewellery which players could not interact with made up small hills within the room.


    The ¡°room¡± was gigantic, and was large enough to fit a city. Even the throne itself made an regular sized building within the safe-zones look like a child, compared to it.


    However, what was even more horrifying was the boss. A disgustingly large goblin, which had pointy long noses, chins which stretched extra long, sharp teeth sticking out of their bottom half of their mouths, crooked arms and legs, pointy green ears, and large hands.


    The name of this goblin was revealed the moment it began charging at the party: Yag¡¯Dur Illguk The IV, Warlord of the Goblins underground.


    Jason shouted at the party behind: ¡°Stay back!¡±


    Despite the rest of the party but Hailey moving back, they all unsheathed their weapons, preparing to fight.


    Hailey approached Jason¡¯s side, and the duo charged towards the boss. The party was shocked at what happened next.


    Despite the boss intercepting Jason¡¯s katana, the duo had a plan: A attack from the side, while it¡¯s weapon was preoccupied. Jason shouted: ¡°Now!¡±


    Hailey went over and used a sword skill Energy Pierce. However, this boss was a complete ferocious savage. It grabbed her blade, took damage then punched Hailey back. For the first time, in ages¡­ One of the two strongest players within the simulation¡­ Had taken damage within the low levelled 4th island.


    It wasn¡¯t just a small amount¡­ It had taken quite a bit. Hailey shouted to Jason: ¡°Jason! We have to use all we¡¯ve got if we want to win!¡±


    Jason looked at her with an serious expression and then quickly knocked the boss away, retreating to where Hailey was. Jason then asked Hailey: ¡°I need you to hold him off for 4 seconds, so I can switch gear and take out my Zhurong¡¯s Katana.¡±


    Hailey nodded replied: ¡°Yeah I can do that.¡±


    Hailey then charged towards the boss which was coming towards the duo, fending it off. Her rapier, using the one hit skill Energy Pierce intercepted the boss¡¯s gigantic longsword using it¡¯s tip as it tried to slash her. The boss was clearly gaining the upper hand, as it quickly used a unique sword skill to attempt to overpower her.


    Fuck! I have to dodge it¡­ Somehow. If I don¡¯t dodge it, I can¡¯t block it. There¡¯s no way I can block a original skill from a boss¡­ The power and the skill¡¯s multiplier would decimate me. The longsword came down on her, she moved her rapier on a position to parry it.


    However, a figure with black and red coat appeared. Wielding two Katanas, and using them to block the skill, with it¡¯s own skill: Crossing X Block. The two Katanas performed a x like shape, taking the boss¡¯s sword head on.


    Hailey said: ¡°Always saving me in the last minute¡­ I guess that¡¯s how you got me to fall for you.¡±


    The figure laughed and replied: ¡°Guess so, now hurry up and get into your normal outfit!¡±


    Hailey said: ¡°Thanks Jason.¡±


    As she ran back she silently whispered: ¡°I¡­ Love you Jason.¡±


    Jason looked at the boss and said: ¡°You¡¯re going down.¡±


    The boss and him both retreated several steps away from each other, and at a few seconds later Jason charged at the Boss.


    The boss slashed down at Jason, who used the simulation¡¯s one hit skill Tempest. His skill, was initially blocked by the boss. However, it served as an obvious distraction¡­ For the rapier user coming out, who activated her unique 35-hit sword skill Shining Starlight.


    Over the course of the next five seconds, the boss attempted to intercept her stabs using his free hand, however her lighting fast stabs couldn¡¯t be caught. The Bosses¡¯ HP bar went down to red, after this attack.


    The boss retreated, seemingly in fear. The two players continued the charge, however¡­ This time Jason used his original dual wield sword skill Double Infinity Slashes. The first 18 slashes managed to pass the boss¡¯s own individual sword skill, piercing it¡¯s defence.


    Immediately after it¡¯s defence was pierced, Hailey activated her own sword skill Heavenly Piercer. The 22 individual hits executed on the goblin made it bleed, as it¡¯s blue blood flooded out of it¡¯s slashed or pierced skin. The goblin wailed, before seeing it¡¯s form disappear. After that it fell to the ground with it¡¯s hands on it¡¯s head, knowing that it would cease to exist. Love this novel? Read it on Royal Road to ensure the author gets credit.


    Even for an AI, it was quite sad. All it wanted was to live¡­ Or eat them. The duo¡¯ll never know. However, the duo had no choice. This simulation had forced them to, fight to survive. Fighting¡­ Was the only way out.


    The AI disappeared into specks of dust which dissipated into the air, as the item reward was presented to Hailey. It read: S-Class food: Tenyo Chicken


    Hailey showed the items she received to Jason, who jumped up to the roof fairly high. An S-Class food was something they had both been dreaming of eating everyday in this simulation.


    The duo would never forget the first time they tasted it, and the taste it had. Jason gave Hailey a kiss on the lips, and the duo shared a moment together as they kissed each other lovingly.


    Elsewhere, nearby the door leading into the boss room, the party members saw Jason and Hailey¡¯s identity.


    Brian exclaimed: ¡°No way¡­ Those two are¡­¡±


    Jerrycontinued for him: ¡°They¡¯re¡­ From¡­ The Crimson Vigilantes.¡±


    Marie said in shock: ¡°They¡¯re¡­ The strongest duo in here¡­ Apart from the one other max level in that guild¡­ Their¡­ the strongest¡­ They¡¯re known as¡­ Lightning Goddess and the Dual Wielding Samurai¡±


    Raven was surprised as well as she entered the conversation: ¡°But¡­ Aren¡¯t they in the frontlines?¡±


    Jerry shook his head and said: ¡°Several days ago¡­ After their marriage in the simulation, I heard they took a honeymoon with each other.¡±


    Brian looked atJerry and said: ¡°Who would¡¯ve thought¡­ They took it on the 4th island.¡±


    Jerryreplied: ¡°Not strange, it¡¯s desolate, free of info brokers that want to pester them, not to mention that it¡¯s scenery is actually pretty nice. Perfect for a honeymoon. If you ask me.¡±


    Ravennodded and said: ¡°Yeah¡­ It¡¯s pretty romantic¡­ I wish I was in his position.¡±


    After everyone both heard what she said, both she andJerry showed a light blush.


    Brian and Marie both, thankfully for the other 2 too young to understand what was going on and had ran off to Jason and Hailey planning to ask for their autographs.


    Raven could only dream of being the duo.


    I¡­ Remember of their stories. During the 6th boss, they were the only guild in there. Rumors had it that Jason and Hailey confessed to each other there¡­ But in truth they¡¯ve been together and stuck like glue despite not admitting to it since day 1. There¡¯s no wayJerryand I could ever get to their level of a relationship¡­ They¡¯re something else. A hero and a heroine. Hailey has the looks, the kind personality, the power¡­ While Jason has the ultimate power, the kind personality¡­ And to some extent looks as I well I guess¡­ It¡¯s no wonder they¡¯re together.


    Ravensighed, knowing that Hailey¡¯s advice might not be so useful after all. If her definition of the ¡°right time¡± was a perfectly cinematically romantic time like the life and death moments,Jerry and her could never achieve it.


    A goblin suddenly spawned next to her, as it took out it¡¯s longsword and slashed her once. One more direct slash¡­ And she was finished.


    Jerrysuddenly appeared in the front of her, and blocked it¡¯s slash with his own greatsword. Holding his silverly sword, he said: ¡°I won¡¯t let you!¡±


    The goblin seemingly understood what he said, and attacked Raven. It charged towards Raven, who attempted to take out her mace to block. She was knocked back, and her health went to red. The goblin activated Flash Charge and charged towards her.


    Jerry, risking his life activated Flash Charge as well. He took the blade with his body, protecting Raven.


    The Goblin pressed it¡¯s attack on the now defensive Jerry, who spent his slashes defensively. The Goblin continued charging forward, andJerry began to receive wounds¡­ Bringing his health from light yellow to yellowish red.


    Several more slashes, would kill him. Yet he didn¡¯t back down. If he escaped by himself, he could live. There was no question, his agility surpassed the Goblin¡¯s. However, Raven''s agility did not, and since she was far slower than the Goblin. She was going to be killed if he didn¡¯t fight.


    I don¡¯t care if I die, I have to protect her. Even if she doesn¡¯t love me, I love her. I knew that within days after she entered my party. I¡¯ll sacrifice my life for her, I don¡¯t care. It¡¯s fine.


    Jerryshouted to Raven: ¡°Run! I¡¯m not sure how much longer can I hold it off!¡±


    Just then, he was slashed again. Desperate to regain ground,Jerryactivated his trump card. Knowing that it was a bad idea, he still decided that¡­ If he could win on a decisive show of power¡­ He could win, or at least buy enough time for Raven to get away.


    Guess this is it, been quite a good life in here¡­ After all, I got to meet Raven. It doesn¡¯t matter if she likes me or not, as long as I know my feelings for her¡­ It¡¯s fine.


    He activated the in-game skill Penta Detroit. The most powerful in-game greatsword sword skill. The Goblin responded and activated Cresent Moon. It was too, the most powerful in-game sword skill, but not for greatsword. It was for longswords and katanas.


    Both 5-hit sword skills clashed, sounds of clank could be heard from the distance whereRaven was running. Why¡­ Why am I running? After all he¡¯s done for me, can I just leave him there¡­ Just to die like that? No. I can¡¯t. I have to¡­ I have to help him.


    Ravenran back, only to find the Goblin andJerry engaged in a sword fight. Both on their last hit for their individual skills, the Goblin was overpowering Jerry.


    Jerrywas slowly losing ground, and if that slash hit¡­ He would surely die.


    No¡­ Please¡­ Jerry¡­ Don¡¯t die. I don¡¯t want you to die¡­ I still have lots of things to tell you, including my feelings for you¡­ The truth is¡­


    Ravenshouted in a beet red face: ¡°The truth is¡­ I love you, Jerry! So please, don¡¯t lose¡­ Win!¡±


    Receiving his strength from Raven, he bought the sword clash to between the Goblin and him. It¡¯s no use! I can¡¯t overpower him¡­ We¡¯re even!


    He saw the sword of the goblin slowly go down towards it¡¯s face. He looked at the sword, and there was a mace. A glowing purple mace made of steel and amethyst, he recognised this mace¡­ It belonged to the girl he loved: Raven.


    She looked at him, smiled and said: ¡°If¡­ If you can¡¯t defeat someone¡­ I¡¯ll support you. I¡¯ll always be by your side¡­ Even if you have another girl.¡±


    Together, they overpowered the goblin, as the joint power betweenRaven and Jerryreached the Goblin¡­ And killed it.


    As the goblin dissipated to dust, Jason, Hailey and the rest quickly ran over to whereRaven andJerry were, only to find that they¡¯ve just killed a high level goblin.


    Raven held Jerry¡¯s hand, as both¡¯s faces flushed into tomato red.Raven asked him: ¡°So¡­ Do you like me?¡±


    Jerrydidn¡¯t answer using words, instead his face went towards Raven¡¯s as the both shared a kiss, long, romantic kiss with the dissipating goblin as their background.


    The two pulled away from each other, faces fully red asJerry finally provided an answer to her: ¡°Yes, I¡­ I do love you, and I want to be with you forever¡­ If that¡¯s fine with you.¡±


    Hailey, Jason, Marie and Brian both looked at the scene. Marie and Hailey even had tears coming down from their eyes because of the romantic moment.


    The newly formed couple embraced each other, asRaven replied to Jerry''s answer: ¡°Yes¡­ It¡¯s fine with me. Being with you¡­ Is the only thing I want from you.¡±

 Honest, yet Confused Feelings

    ¡°It¡¯s¡­ It¡¯s not what you think!¡±


    The party was back at Qingshui Shi (Clearwater Town), where Marie and Brian had been ¡°interrogating¡± the newly formed couple of Jerry and Raven.


    Jerry quickly crossed his hands, as he said that.


    Marie pressed on, to a tomato red Jerry and Raven: ¡°Why¡¯d you seduce Raven! Pedo!¡±


    Raven blushed and told Marie: ¡°No¡­ It¡¯s not his fault that we¡¯re like this¡­ I started liking him when he rescued me¡­¡±


    Marie replied: ¡°Still!¡±


    Raven shook her head: ¡°It¡¯s my fault he ended up this way¡­ If there¡¯s anyone to blame¡­ It¡¯s for me being a naughty girl.¡±


    Jerry held Raven¡¯s hand: ¡°Don¡¯t say that¡­ It¡¯s not your fault.¡±


    Marie opened her mouth as Jerry and Raven both took the blame for making the other fall in love with themselves.


    Marie said: ¡°Ok ok, you two. I¡¯m just kidding¡­¡±


    Jerry and Raven held hands, despite both blushing. Raven said to Marie: ¡°Don¡¯t insult Jerry like that then!¡±


    Marie nodded and used her hands to signalise she was kidding about the pair.


    Jason and Hailey came over, with Hailey having her entire arm around Jason¡¯s, who said: ¡°You both look like so much like us when we first started, right Jason?¡±


    Jason nodded and replied: ¡°They still have work to do, just holding hands won¡¯t do.¡±


    Hailey laughed and said: ¡°Are you saying they should do that?¡±


    Jerry and Raven immediately understood what they said and both blushed beet red.


    Raven said: ¡°I¡¯m¡­ I¡¯m only 13¡­¡±


    Hailey let her off and said: ¡°Forgot about that, but hey you can still sleep in the same room. We¡¯ve got a spare room in our cabin right Jason?¡±


    Jason nodded and said: ¡°Yeah, It¡¯s fine if you guys do your own thing there. Just don¡¯t hand me over to the FBI.¡±


    Everyone but the new couple chuckled, while Jerry said: ¡°We¡­ We aren¡¯t going to have sex so soon¡­¡±


    Brian let out a retort: ¡°When you say so soon, you mean that you¡¯re going to have sex with her sometime right?¡±


    The chuckle became laughter as the couple both blushed tomato red, unable to conceal their embarrassment for what Jerry had said, knowing that Brian¡¯s retort was true.


    Marie walked in front of Jerry and Raven and said: ¡°Come on, cut them some slack. Just because they confessed and had their first kiss in public doesn¡¯t mean that much. Anyway, Hailey did you just say you¡¯ve got a cabin here?¡±


    Hailey nodded and replied: ¡°Very expensive, but yeah we do.¡±


    Marie asked: ¡°Could we eat dinner at your place? I¡¯ve never been in a cabin nearby the seaside¡­¡±


    Jason smiled and replied: ¡°Yeah, we¡¯ve been planning to ask you to come¡­ We got our hands on a S-Class food¡­ And it just so happens Hailey here is an expert chef.¡±


    The rest of the people in the party¡¯s eyes sparkled, as they were very excited to see the cabin out for themselves.


    During the walk back, Raven went over to Hailey and asked her something: ¡°Hailey¡­ Could we go in the front where no one can hear us?¡±


    Hailey nodded and said back: ¡°Jason, guys, I¡¯m going to go with Raven first¡­ I need to do something and she needs my help.¡±


    Jason replied: ¡°Go ahead, we¡¯ll be fine here walking along the beach.¡±


    Hailey and Raven ran back to the cabin, within 5 minutes they reached it. Hailey opened. The door, and the duo went in.


    Raven exclaimed: ¡°Wow! It¡¯s so big¡­ And the furniture are all so nice!¡±


    Hailey lightly blushed and replied: ¡°Thanks! Jason didn¡¯t really mind what furniture he had, but I had to spend a lot of time telling him the importance of it¡­ And we also had¡­ A lot of money.¡±


    Raven said: ¡°It must be good to be you¡­¡±


    Hailey asked Raven: ¡°So what did you want to ask me about?¡±


    Raven replied: ¡°I¡¯ll tell you¡­ But please don¡¯t tell anyone about this alright?¡±


    Hailey said: ¡°I promise, I won¡¯t even tell Jason.¡± This book''s true home is on another platform. Check it out there for the real experience.


    The two girls made their way to the living room, where they sat down on the large white silk couch. Raven asked Hailey while heavily blushing: ¡°So uhm¡­ Did you uh¡­ Ever you know¡­ Touch yourself¡­ To Jason?¡±


    Hailey blushed beet red and replied: ¡°Uhh¡­ You¡¯re going to have to¡­ Keep this a promise too¡­ Alright?¡±


    Raven nodded and said: ¡°I promise¡­ It¡¯ll be between the two of us.¡±


    Hailey said: ¡°During the start¡­ Before all this¡­ Since Jason kissed me the first time on the train, I started to fall for him. After the 3rd island was cleared, I began to fantasise about him¡­ By the 4th island I started to touch myself nearly every night, picturing him. After the 6th, we started living together and sometimes I would still head into the bathroom without him knowing and do it. After we got married¡­ I had stopped, because¡­ Well you know¡­ Being married¡­¡±


    Both girls blushed tomato red, both knowing what Hailey meant. Raven broke the silence and said: ¡°Ever since he rescued me¡­ I had a crush on him. And, I had a insatiable feeling down there¡­ I know I¡¯m 13¡­ But¡­ I really want to do it with him.¡±


    Hailey sighed and replied: ¡°If you don¡¯t want to regret, you should do. I asked Jason after he proposed to me, and he agreed. Boys in this day and age are passive, because they don¡¯t want to say the wrong things and get dumped.¡±


    Raven then asked: ¡°How do I ask him¡­? I don¡¯t even know if he wants to do it with me¡­ My body is still¡­ Not like yours¡­¡±


    Hailey stroked her back and said: ¡°If he loves you, he won¡¯t dump you. That¡¯s how all boys are¡­ Either they love you to the extent of which they¡¯ll do almost anything you ask, or they don¡¯t. Judging by how he saved your life, you don¡¯t have to be afraid. Even if your body like that, he still willingly accepted your confession, so he definitely is fine with that. Don¡¯t be afraid that he thinks that you¡¯re naughty, because no matter what he¡¯ll still love you.¡±


    Raven nodded and said: ¡°Thanks Hailey¡­ I¡¯ll make sure I ask him about it tonight.¡±


    Hailey replied: ¡°No problem. Wait¡­ Tonight?¡±


    She nodded and blushed heavily: ¡°I don¡¯t¡­ I don¡¯t think I can hold it in.¡±


    Hailey replied: ¡°It¡¯s fine, I¡¯m rooting for you.¡±


    Both girls smiled, as the door opened moments later after their silence, with the rest of the crew coming in.


    Jason asked Hailey: ¡°So, what¡¯d you talk about?¡±


    Hailey replied: ¡°Nothing much, just something.¡±


    Jason put his arm around Hailey and said: ¡°Come on Hailey¡­ Tell me please?¡±


    Hailey shook her head and replied: ¡°Mhmph, I promised her¡­¡±


    Hailey lightly blushed and continued on: ¡°And I¡¯ve got my own secrets to keep as well.¡±


    Jason sighed: ¡°Fine, let¡¯s get started with cooking dinner.¡±


    Jason and Hailey went into the kitchen and put on their aprons, and prepared the chicken for everyone to eat.


    Smells of roasted chicken was coming out from the kitchen and everyone was hungry. A nice toasty, roasted chicken like smell.


    Brian and Marie both rushed to the kitchen to look at the chicken, and Hailey, almost like a mother said: ¡°Sit down at the table and wait till it¡¯s served, or no chicken for you.¡±


    The two nodded, and sat down at the table, where Raven and Jerry were already sat down and ready to eat.


    Jason and Hailey both set down the drinks and food with perfect teamwork and communication. Hailey threw several dishes over to Jason, who without looking caught down and put them down at the table. The same went for the drinks, the juice and the wine.


    In a matter of 30 seconds, the table was fully set up with silverware.


    Brian said in surprise: ¡°How are you both so coordinated without looking at each other¡­ And set the table just like that¡­?¡±


    Marie replied care-freely: ¡°It¡¯s because they can literally read each other¡¯s minds. It¡¯s like they¡¯ve been connected before.¡±


    Hailey and Jason both revealed a light red blush after the words connected before and Hailey said: ¡°We took a lot of time to practice¡­ it in sync¡­ Especially back then when we were with our friends in our guild.¡±


    The food was set down on the table, and everyone raised their drinks. ¡°Gan Bei!¡±


    The food gradually decreased, as the group¡¯s bellies became full.


    ¡°Mannn, that was a great meal!¡±


    ¡°Brian, don¡¯t talk with your mouth full! Don¡¯t you remember what dad and mom used to say about it?¡±


    ¡°But they aren¡¯t here now sis!¡±


    Marie replied: ¡°That still doesn¡¯t mean that you should do that!¡±


    Brian said: ¡°Fine¡­¡±


    Everyone laughed, it was clear that it was a great meal. S-Class food was only found once by the Crimson Vigilante¡¯s within a 4th island miniboss, and counting this time was the second time. According to the guild members within, the food was somehow so tasty that they were mouthwatering for more.


    Jerry asked: ¡°So¡­ Is it true you guys found this type of food before? S-Class?¡±


    Jason nodded and replied: ¡°Only in the 4th island, the miniboss within the dungeon. After we defeated it, it never respawned again.¡±


    Hailey smiled and added in: ¡°It was very, very good. Even if you didn¡¯t like to eat duck, after you ate it, you would instantly fall in love with it.¡±


    Jason then teased Hailey: ¡°Ehh!! So now there¡¯s a love triangle?¡±


    Hailey lightly blushed and teased back: ¡°I¡¯m just kidding, how could I love anyone or anything more than you¡­ Darling~¡±


    Jason blushed as well. An awkward silence took place before the two, which was interrupted soon by Brian: ¡°Sorry to interrupt your moment but, we¡¯re leaving to our inn. It¡¯s at this town too, at the red rooftop building nearby the spawn, we rent a room in that one.¡±


    The others nodded. Jason and Hailey quickly snapped out of their conversation and escorted their guests to the door and said: ¡°Alright then! See you guys tomorrow!¡±


    Seconds after the others left, the two went into their room, to sleep and await tomorrow¡­ However, before going into bed, Hailey had a beet red blush on her face as she asked Jason: ¡°I¡­ I feel like I want to do it today!¡±


    Jason held Hailey¡¯s hand and blushed while replying: ¡°You don¡¯t have to be embarrassed about it¡­ The truth is¡­ I want to do it too¡­ So will you accept¡­ a pervert like me?¡±


    Hailey smiled with tears coming out of her eyes: ¡°Yes! I accept you!¡±


    ¡°Alright good night guys, and have fun in bed!¡±


    Jerry replied to Brian blushing, his face beet red: ¡°You¡­ You don¡¯t have to say that¡­ We¡¯re both too young anyway right¡­?¡±


    Jerry and Raven both said their goodbyes to Marie and Brian, who went off to the inn. Raven put her arms around Jerry and both blushed lightly. She asked: ¡°So uhm¡­ Are we sleeping together tonight?¡±


    Jerry blushed and nodded. The couple walked towards a german styled town house, with a black roof and white walls. It wasn¡¯t sold yet, so the couple decided to buy it.


    ¡°Are you sure? This will cost $500,000, your remaining balance will be $50,000.¡± Jerry pressed ¡°Yes¡± with his fingers. Raven said to Jerry: ¡°Here¡­ Let me pay half of it back to you.¡±


    Jerry shook his head: ¡°No need¡­ How could I ever ask you to pay for it, I promised to make you happy so, this is a small price to pay.¡±


    Raven blushed and said: ¡°Jerry¡­¡±


    Jerry shushed her and the couple went inside the house. They were quite tired after the events which transpired today, so they quickly both rushed to the bedroom after a quick exploration of their new house.


    Inside the bedroom, there was a two person, queen-sized bed. Raven blushed as she said: ¡°So¡­ Are we going to sleep here tonight¡­? Just me and you?¡±


    Jerry blushed and replied: ¡°Yeah¡­ I guess¡­ I promise I won¡¯t do anything weird¡­¡±


    Raven¡¯s face grew redder as she asked him: ¡°No¡­ That¡¯s not it¡­ I¡­ I want you to do it¡­ I want to do it with you, I want to have sex with you, so please¡­ Take my virginity and let me take yours!¡±


    Both Jerry and Raven¡¯s face became tomato red, as Jerry said: Raven¡­¡±


    Raven said: ¡°It¡¯s fine if you refuse¡­ I¡¯m sorry for being¡­ a naughty girl¡­¡±


    Jerry replied: ¡°No, that¡¯s not it¡­¡±


    Raven cried out: ¡°What is it then? Do you not like me anymore?¡±


    Jerry smiled and replied to her: ¡°No, no one wouldn¡¯t like a naughty girl¡­ Especially if they¡¯re as cute as you¡­ So let¡¯s do it.¡±


    Raven wiped off her tears and said: ¡°Really?!¡±


    Jerry replied: ¡°Really.¡±

 [NSFW] Chapter 24.5: Double the action I

    Jerry moved his hands, towards Raven as he removed her clothes. Raven squirmed a little: ¡°Ah¡­¡±


    Her small breasts bounced around, despite being a C-cup. Jerry held the breasts on his hands, and moved his hands around.


    Raven let out several moans, as Jerry began to quickly take the initiative to suck on her nipples. While playing one breast with his left hand, he sucked the right hand sided one. Raven moaned out: ¡°It¡¯s coming out! Somethings coming out from my vagina!¡±


    Her panties became wet, as she came with it on. While she did she moaned out loud: ¡°Ahhhhh!¡±


    Jerry asked her: ¡°Are¡­ Are you alright?¡±


    She nodded and replied: ¡°Yeah¡­ That¡­ That felt amazing¡­¡±


    Jerry heard what she said and asked: ¡°Could¡­ Could¡­ I take your clothes off fully?¡±


    Raven nodded. Jerry then began to take off her skirt, revealing her semi-spread thighs which were still developing, and her petite ass.


    Raven¡¯s face turned even redder that a tomato when she said: ¡°You¡­ You can take off¡­ the panties¡­ And play with my¡­ Vagina.¡±


    Jerrytook off her sticky, wet white panties which were filled with her juices which she orgasmed out previously, completely, revealing her Pink


    He then started to put his fingers inside her wet vagina. It was warm inside, but also sticky and wet. It would be a lie if she said she wasn¡¯t turned on right now.


    ¡°Ah Ah!¡±


    Moans were let out by Raven as Jerry continued to finger her. One, finger¡­ Two fingers¡­ He touched her clit and massaged it.


    Raven was feeling pleasure, more so than she ever did before. Her moans became quicker, as more and more fluid started coming out from her vagina. The story has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the violation.


    Her soft breasts, bright pink nipples and vagina were all being played around by Jerry. He played her like a violin, skilfully touching her pleasure spots, giving her the most pleasure she¡¯s ever felt.


    His fingers then instead of massaging the clitoris, went down to enter within her pink vagina.


    Sounds were made as he pushed his fingers inside the hole, touching the smooth vagina from the inside for the first time of his life.


    His hands moved faster as Raven moaned harder, as she approached her orgasm. She moaned out: ¡°Good! It¡¯s good! Ah! Ah! I feel like¡­ Somethings coming! Ah! Like last time!¡±


    She was correct, as a sticky fluid came out of her vagina, dirtying Jerry¡¯s hands. She quickly noticed what happened and regained her senses after feeling all that pleasure: ¡°I¡¯m sorry¡­¡±


    Jerry shook his head and said: ¡°It¡¯s fine, it¡¯s a part of you¡­ and I love every part of you.¡±


    ¡°Jerry¡­¡±


    The two shared a kiss, as their tongues intertwined with each other, sharing each other¡¯s saliva.


    After the long kiss, Jerry took down his pants and underwear. He asked her, while blushing tomato red: ¡°Raven¡­ Would it be alright to put this¡­ Inside?


    Raven looked at Jerry¡¯s penis, blushed even harder than before somehow and replied: ¡°It¡¯s¡­ so large¡­ But yes¡­ I want¡­ To feel your everything, Jerry!¡±


    ¡°Right!¡±


    Jerry pushed her down to the bed, his face facing hers, as he put his penis inside. He began moving slowly as Raven moaned for every slight movement he made.


    Raven said to him: ¡°I know you aren¡¯t giving it your all¡­ But please¡­ It doesn¡¯t matter if it hurts me, so please¡­ Move your penis faster!¡±


    ¡°Raven!¡±


    Jerry moved his penis faster, as Raven¡¯s moans followed suit as well. The pair was indulged in the pleasure of love-making. Raven moaned out: ¡°It feels good, every time you move it in and out¡­¡±


    Jerry moved it in and out at least twenty or more times, and after a heavy thrust from him he said: ¡°Raven¡­ I think¡­ There¡¯s something coming out¡­¡±


    Raven kept moaning while she replied: ¡°Give it to me! Give me your all, shoot your semen inside!¡±


    Jerry replied: ¡°Right¡­ Here it comes!¡± He thrusted faster for several instances, and finally shot his white fluid inside Raven. Raven¡¯s vagina was filled to the brim with Jerry¡¯s never ending shot of semen, semen he had conserved for years by ignoring his sexuality.


    Raven moaned out: ¡°Jerry¡¯s semen¡­ Jerry''s semen is making my love juices flow out!¡±


    Raven orgasmed as well, as Jerry put his arms around her.


    Raven said: ¡°That felt¡­ Very, good. Let¡¯s do it again someday!¡±


    Jerry replied: ¡°Yeah, let¡¯s do it again.¡±


    Raven¡¯s vagina still had semen flowing out of it, but she simply ignored it. It was like being inside nice hot warm water, except the semen was just more sticky.


    The two slept peacefully on their bed, with Raven sleeping on Jerry¡¯s shoulder and her arms around him seductively.

 [NSFW] Chapter 24.6: Double the action II

    Hailey presented herself to Jason, who practically had his jaw dropped when he saw what outfit she was wearing.


    A cat outfit, complete with a tail which she could move thanks to the wonders of virtual reality. There was no question that he got instantly hard, and also revealed a blush. Hailey blushed and asked: ¡°So¡­ How do you want this¡­ To be done¡­ Nya?¡±


    Wow she¡¯s even talking like a cat¡­ I don¡¯t think I can control myself¡­


    Jason uncontrollably lifted his hand up as he stripped off Hailey¡¯s bra, revealing her bright pink nipples and snow white soft breasts.


    He used both hands to play around with it as Hailey moaned: ¡°Nya! Ah! Nya feels good!¡±


    Cu¡­ Cute!


    Hailey¡¯s breasts bounced around as Jason fondled them. Hailey¡¯s vagina was already wet to a fair extent.


    Jason stroked her tail, which made Hailey moan out: ¡°No! That¡¯s¡­ That¡¯s too sensitive!¡± Jason ignored her and continued.


    He played around with her black tail as her moans became heavier: ¡°Jason wait! Jason! Ah! Ah! I¡¯m¡­ I¡¯m cumming!¡±


    Jason replied: ¡°When did Hailey become so naughty, cumming with her skirt and panties on?¡±


    Hailey blushed and replied: ¡°It¡¯s your fault! It¡¯s your penis which taught me the pleasures of a woman. Even in this virtual reality world, I can feel it a lot, even now I can imagine it inside me¡­¡±


    Jason blushed and said: ¡°It¡¯s only because your hole feels so good¡­ And the way you acted whenever we¡­ Had sex¡­ In these days since we were married¡­ Everyday¡­¡±


    Hailey replied: ¡°As long as¡­ Jason is happy¡­ I¡¯m happy to be seen as a slut¡­ As long as it¡¯s only by you¡­¡±


    Jason said: ¡°Hailey¡­¡±


    Hailey moved her face in front of Jason¡¯s, as she moved in and put her lips on his.


    ¡°Mhm.¡±


    The two kissed, for a long period of time, without tonguing each other.The narrative has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the infringement.


    Jason moved a away a bit from her lips, and said: ¡°I don¡¯t think of you as a slut, you¡¯re the same Hailey I¡¯ve always known¡­ Innocent, sweet, pure¡­ No matter how you change I¡¯ll always think of you that way.¡±


    Hailey replied with tears of happiness coming down from her eyes: ¡°Jason¡­¡±


    Hailey used her hands and removed her skirt and panties, revealing her dripping pink vagina. She said: ¡°I¡¯m¡­ I¡¯m in heat so¡­ Since I¡¯m so wet¡­ Do you¡­ Do you want to start?¡±


    Jason didn¡¯t give any response, instead he too took off his pants and underwear, revealing his penis. It was fully erect, and once unleashed from the clothing surrounding it, it was sticking out proudly into the air.


    Hailey said: ¡°Wow¡­ This is the hardest that I¡¯ve ever seen you¡¯ve become¡­¡±


    Jason replied: ¡°That¡¯s¡­ That¡¯s because you look too cute in your cat outfit¡­ And combined with acting like one¡­¡±


    Hailey nodded, while she pushed Jason to the bed, and put her body right on top of his penis. She said: ¡°I¡¯m going to ride your penis, alright Nya?¡±


    Jason¡¯s penis became harder again somehow, as Hailey became sitting on his penis. She moaned out: ¡°Ahhhh! It¡¯s going into¡­ It¡¯s going into my pussy Nya!¡±


    She continued sitting down, as thanks to the efforts of virtual reality¡­ She didn¡¯t feel the pain of it going into her womb, only the pleasure. ¡°It¡¯s almost all inside Nya! Nya it¡¯s going into my womb Nya! Ah~! My pussy¡­ the feeling coming from it is too strong Nya! Ah! I¡¯m going to cum¡­ I¡¯m sorry for being so indecent Nya! I¡¯m cumming!!¡±


    Juices went out from her vagina, as she orgasmed out. The heat was still there in her vagina, Hailey still felt horny. Without her knowing, her hips began moving. After a few seconds, the pleasure started coming to her, as she finally noticed that her hips was moving.


    She moaned out: ¡°Ah! Nyan¡¯s hips¡­ My hips are moving on their own Nya! Your¡­ Your penis feels too good!¡±


    Jason replied: ¡°Hailey¡­ Your pussy feels good too!¡±


    The two¡¯s hands reached out for each other, as they held hands while having sex.


    Hailey¡¯s juices continued to spill out of her vagina as she moved up and down, riding Jason¡¯s penis. She constantly moaned, while saying ¡°Nya!¡± as if imitating a cat.


    Jason said after a minute: ¡°Hailey, I¡¯m close to cumming!¡±


    Hailey nodded as she moved her body down towards Jason¡¯s chest. Jason understood her action, as he put his hands around her, embracing her as if it was a hug, and then stood up and the couple both began to move their hips.


    Jason moved faster, as he approached climax. Within seconds, virtual sperm came out of his penis and entered Hailey¡¯s womb.


    Hailey moaned: ¡°Ahhhh! Jason¡¯s sperm feels so hot¡­ It¡¯s like it¡¯s burning¡­ I¡¯m¡­ I¡¯m cumming too Nya!¡±


    Her orgasm forced some of the cum Jason had shot inside of her vagina to come out, letting cum mixed with Hailey¡¯s juices on the floor.


    The pair went back on the bed as Jason put his hand around Hailey, as she said: ¡°It¡¯s flowing out¡­ If this was real life I would¡¯ve really gotten pregnant!¡±


    Jason replied: ¡°I¡¯m sorry ma¡¯am!¡±


    Hailey said: ¡°I¡¯m just kidding Nya!¡±


    She put her hand over her abdomen and blushed as she said: ¡°When we return to the real world¡­ I want Jason¡­ I want to have a child with you Jason!¡±


    Jason looked at her with surprise, as Hailey asked him with a blush: ¡°I¡¯m sorry¡­ If you don¡¯t want one with me¡­¡±


    Jason replied: ¡°No, that¡¯s not it¡­ I want a child with you¡­ I promise I¡¯ll impregnate you when we return, so we can have a child together!¡±


    Hailey shedded some tears and said: ¡°I¡­ I love you Jason!¡±


    Jason replied: ¡°I do too, Hailey.¡±


    The two slept peacefully after the brief conversation, with nothing to distract them.

 Shopping Mania

    Brian went outside to ask to retrieve his stash of health potions which he had left at Jason and Hailey¡¯s cabin. On his way out, he went over to Jerry¡¯s and Raven¡¯s new house. And sure enough, he heard noises.


    Wait. Are you serious¡­? They¡¯re actually doing it? My god what complete idiots, at least don¡¯t make that much noise when you do it and actually try to hide it¡­ And what the fuck is Jerry thinking? Having sex with a 13 year old girl when he himself is 15¡­ Is he a god damn pedophile? Maybe I should bust in there.


    ¡°Give it to me! Give me your all, shoot your semen inside!¡± Brian¡¯s jaw nearly dropped to the ground, as he was surprised at Raven¡¯s speech. He sighed maybe I should just let them have their fun¡­ Time to go over to Jason and Hailey¡¯s cabin.


    He trotted over the beautiful beaches, with moonlight reflecting on the crystal clear water. Purely golden sand, like one of the top beaches in the world. If only this wasn¡¯t a death game, he¡¯d be enjoying this place.


    After a 5 minute walk, of observing the nighttime view of Qingshui Shi, he finally arrived at the cabin owned by Jason and Hailey. He saw that the lights were on one of the rooms on the second floor, so he decided to climb up and see what was going on.


    His nose got a literal nose bleed, as he instinctively put his hands on his nose after what he saw through the window that Jason and Hailey forgot to close.


    ¡°Ah! Nyan¡¯s hips¡­ My hips are moving on their own Nya! Your¡­ Your penis feels too good!¡±


    Really¡­ I come at this time¡­ When everyones having fun with each other. Guess I¡¯ll just take the coat tomorrow.


    Even though he told himself that he needed to leave, he didn¡¯t. His eyes were fixated on Hailey and Jason, who were doing it with each other. Dammit! Regain yourself control! You can¡¯t be perverted by something like this! Her¡­ Her cup size isn¡¯t even large¡­ This isn¡¯t want you want!


    Slowly, but surely he began to convince himself to back down from peeping. Once he did, he jumped off from the second floor¡¯s window frame and ran like a arrow, bee-lining straight back to the inn.


    It was morning, as everyone had already finished their first meal of the day and had gotten out of their house, and had left to Jason and Hailey¡¯s cabin, where they would discuss what to do today.


    Hailey asked Raven: ¡°Raven, have you seen Marie and Brian yet?¡±


    Raven shook her head and replied: ¡°Me and Jerry live in another building now¡­¡±


    Hailey teased her: ¡°So, did you sleep together¡­? And did you do it?¡±


    Raven blushed and didn¡¯t respond, as Hailey continued on: ¡°Come on you can tell me.¡±


    Raven whispered: ¡°Yes¡­¡±


    Hailey blushed lightly replied: ¡°You know¡­ It¡¯s good to be honest with yourself¡­ Sometimes.¡±


    Raven nodded, as the two men in the background were talking about what to do today. Jason asked Jerry: ¡°I¡¯ve got 800,000 here, I can give it to you guys for free, We can earn money like that like it¡¯s nothing. I know Raven wants to go shopping¡­ Hailey does too you know.¡±


    Jerry replied: ¡°Yeah but I can¡¯t just take money from you like that¡­¡±


    Jason said: ¡°Take out 800,000 coins from storage!¡± A large bag came flying down, as he handed the beg to Jerry.


    Jason said to Jerry: ¡°Come on now, take it. Our gratitude of you guys landing into that dungeon, and leading us to the S-Class food!¡±


    Jerry sighed and replied: ¡°Alright then¡­¡±


    Jason said: ¡°That¡¯s my man, we can start on the 1st island. Despite being the starter island, the best shops are actually normally there! I heard that there¡¯s even player merchants these days.¡±


    Jerry said: ¡°Alright then you lead the way¡­ Guess this cooling off session is needed for the party anyway¡­ Especially after what happened yesterday.¡±


    Jason replied smiling: ¡°Good that you know!¡± He shook Jerry¡¯s hand as he continued: ¡°Raven¡¯s a good girl, she¡¯s risked her life for you. Treat her well alright.¡±


    Jerry lightly blushed, then nodded and replied: ¡°I will.¡±


    Brian and Marie were at the edge of the town, nearby the beach. They were walking by the beach as Marie suddenly asked Brian: ¡°So, you said you¡¯d tell me what you saw.¡±


    Brian sighed and replied: ¡°Kk, I¡¯ll tell you sis.¡±


    Marie said: ¡°Start talking then.¡±


    Brian started: ¡°Well¡­ Yesterday I walked over to Jason and Hailey¡¯s cabin to get my coat back, and on my way there, I passed by Raven and Jerry¡¯s new house.¡±


    This book was originally published on Royal Road. Check it out there for the real experience.


    Marie commented: ¡°Please don¡¯t tell me they did what I think they did.¡±


    Brian continued: ¡°They did sis, they had sex and literally the whole neighbourhood could hear them.¡±


    Marie sighed: ¡°If they were going to do it, couldn''t they be a bit more quit.¡±


    Brian laughed and replied: ¡°I guess that¡¯s how it is. It is what it is¡±


    Marie said: ¡°Continue on then.¡±


    Brian continued: ¡°Well, then I approached Hailey and Jason¡¯s cabin¡­ And with my own eyes I saw them having sex.¡±


    Marie asked: ¡°Is that all?¡±


    Brian nodded and said: ¡°Yeah, weird night.¡±


    Marie replied: ¡°Well, not for Jason and Hailey, I wouldn''t be surprised if the two were doing it everyday. But for Jerry and Raven to do it¡­ It¡¯s just wrong.¡±


    Brian nodded, as they approached the Cabin. Brian said: ¡°Don¡¯t say anything about me peeping or I¡¯m dead.¡±


    Marie replied: ¡°You got it bro.¡±


    Brian knocked and said: ¡°It¡¯s me and Marie, come on open up!¡±


    The door opened, and Brian saw Raven on the door saying: ¡°Come on in!¡±


    Brian and Marie both walked into the door, as he saw Hailey and Raven talking together, while


    Jason and Jerry were nearby the stairs talking with each other.


    Strange¡­ What¡¯s going on?


    Marie asked Hailey and Raven: ¡°What¡¯s going on? Did something happen last night?¡±


    Both of the mentioned girls looked at Marie immediately with beet red faces and replied in sync while crossing their arms: ¡°No no! Nothing happened, we¡¯re just having a girls talk.¡±


    Before Marie could question in further, Jason and Jerry came over to join in with the group. Instinctively, both girls hooked their arms with their male counterparts and placed their heads on their boyfriend¡¯s shoulders.


    The party headed out towards the teleporter, in which then they all teleported towards Shinpong. Jason said to everyone: ¡°So, me and Hailey have agreed to give you guys 800,000 coins in total because you were able to lead us to that S-class food, so let¡¯s spend today shopping!!!¡±


    Everyone cheered, especially the woman¡­ Who were probably dying to find new dresses and clothihg.


    The men and woman (and Jerry) split up, and then the men individually decided to split up as well. Jason went over towards the swimwear section, sometime during this honeymoon I¡¯m¡¯s going to need a swimsuit.


    After several minutes of looking all the stocks available, he found a Hawaiian like shorts, perfect for swimming. The shorts looked like your normal beachwear-shorts. Blue and white, with two strings poking out in the front, and just as large as normal shorts.


    He took the shorts, and went to the seller. ¡°Do you want to buy this? It will cost 5,000 Coins¡± ¡°Yes, No.¡± Jason clicked ¡°Yes¡±, and then the shorts suddenly disappeared from his hands, as it transformed into data that would be transferred into his inventory.


    Jason took the shorts, and quickly hurried over back to the girls¡¯ group, hoping to spend sometime together with Hailey.


    Jason managed to find Jerry following the girls group and told Hailey of what he bought. She replied lightly blushing: ¡°Hopefully¡­ I¡¯ll get to see you in one, showing off your abs¡±


    Marie said: ¡°Well¡­ Why don¡¯t we go to the beach tomorrow?¡±


    Raven¡¯s face lightened up: ¡°Yeah! That¡¯s a great idea!¡±


    Jerry nodded and replied: ¡°Yeah sure, I¡¯ve always wanted to see the beaches here myself.


    Marie then said: ¡°Then let¡¯s go swimsuit shopping first!¡±


    ¡°Yeah!¡±


    The party went towards the water shops, where the girls decided to pick out their bikinis for the beach.


    Hailey picked a white and yellow stripes bikini, which had a disconnected top and bottom. She blushed lightly when she took it hopefully¡­ Jason will like this. No, he definitely will!


    Raven picked a white and red stripes bikini, it was basically the same as Hailey¡¯s just different colors. I¡­ I just hope I don¡¯t show off too much skin and make Jerry hate me.


    Marie picked a blue girls swimwear, it wasn¡¯t anything special¡­ Just plain old normal.


    The girls all entered into the changing room, changing into their swimsuits to let the boys see if they liked them.


    Marie decided, this was the time to interrogate. She asked them: ¡°So¡­ What have you two been doing last night?¡±


    Hailey lightly blushed and replied: ¡°Nothing¡­¡±


    Raven nodded, as if agreeing as well.


    Marie sighed and said, Brian heard and saw you having sex, don¡¯t hide it from me¡­ I thought we trusted each other¡­¡±


    Both girl¡¯s faces turned tomato red.


    Marie pressed on: ¡°Come on, tell me about it¡­ please?¡±


    Raven nodded and replied: ¡°Alright fine¡±


    Marie asked: ¡°So¡­ How was your first time? Did it hurt?¡±


    Raven replied: ¡°It¡­ It¡­ was good I guess¡­¡±


    Hailey nodded, as if agreeing with Raven. Marie decided not to pursue Hailey, as her having sex with Jason was clearly justified.


    She asked Raven, who was clearly backed into a corner: ¡°Did he force you? Just tell me and I¡¯ll make sure he regrets it¡­¡±


    Raven shook her head, blushing even harder than before: ¡°I¡­. I asked him to do it.¡±


    Marie sighed, she had some suspicion Jerry made her do it¡­ But with Raven defending him, she couldn¡¯t help Raven. Her being with Jerry was an issue in the first place¡­ After all, a 13 year old and a 15 year old together¡­ In bed wasn¡¯t exactly something you¡¯d call legal and normal.


    Marie asked: ¡°So¡­ Did he treat you well?¡±


    Raven nodded, and replied: ¡°He¡­ He was gentle to me, I was more-so the one which was hard on him¡­¡±


    Marie nodded and said: ¡°I see¡­ I guess there¡¯s no problems here then.¡±


    The girls finished changing and called for the boys to look at them.


    ¡°Hailey¡­ You look¡­¡±


    She lightly blushed as she saw Jason¡¯s face lightly blush as well: ¡°Don¡¯t stare that much¡­¡±


    He nodded, and replied: ¡°That one¡­ That ones nice I guess¡­¡±


    Hailey had a smile on her face as she proceeded to change out of her soon to be bought swim suit.


    While Hailey and Jason were talking about Hailey¡¯s new swim suit, Raven went over to Jerry. Both were blushing beet red, since Raven bought such a revealing swim suit.


    Raven asked nervously: ¡°So¡­ What do you think¡­?¡±


    Jerry replied: ¡°It¡­ It looks good on you.¡±


    Raven chuckled, as she saw Jerry¡¯s pants begin to bulge up. Jerry noticed that she had noticed his erection, and had instinctively covered it.


    He said: ¡°Sor¡­ Sorry ma¡¯am!¡±


    Raven replied: ¡°It¡¯s fine¡­ Because I can tell that you like both me and the swimsuit because of that¡­ And that you still love me because you get excited at me.¡±


    Jerry said and bowed: ¡°Than¡­ Thank you for being so understanding!¡±


    Raven chuckled and said: ¡°Right I¡¯m going to go back in and change back now, alright?¡± Jerry nodded, giving her his approval of her question.


    Raven followed Hailey over to the changing room, and so did Marie. As they changed back to their normal clothes Marie thought If only there was someone which appreciated me like them.


    The girls bought their swimsuits, and continued shopping for the rest of the day.


    Jason said: ¡°Right, see you guys tomorrow.¡±


    Jerry replied: ¡°Yeah, we¡¯ll see you¡­ It¡¯s gonna be fun tomorrow on the beach.¡±


    Jason nodded, as Hailey said to Raven: ¡°Make sure you use that tonight."


    Raven blushed and nodded, as the gang dispersed and went back to their own homes.